diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/howto')
295 files changed, 14209 insertions, 2030 deletions
diff --git a/docs/howto/Makefile.am b/docs/howto/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index c4da710..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -SUBDIRS = unicode html - - -html-files: - if test -e unicode/index.docbook; then \ - olddir=$$PWD; \ - cd html;\ - echo "Validating the XML files..."; \ - if meinproc ../unicode/index.docbook; then\ - echo "HTML files created successfully."; \ - fi; cd $$olddir; \ - fi; - diff --git a/docs/howto/Makefile.in b/docs/howto/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 12eb7f0..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,740 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/howto -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -#>- RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ -#>- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ -#>- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ -#>- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ -#>- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ -#>- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ -#>- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive -#>+ 7 -RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \ - html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \ - install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \ - install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \ - install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \ - installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \ - ps-recursive uninstall-recursive nmcheck-recursive bcheck-recursive -RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ - distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive -ETAGS = etags -CTAGS = ctags -DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) -#>- DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -#>+ 1 -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(KDE_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -SUBDIRS = unicode html -#>- all: all-recursive -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-recursive - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs - -# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd -# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. -# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, -# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' -# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); -# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. -$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - dot_seen=yes; \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done; \ - if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ - fi; test -z "$$fail" - -$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS): - @failcom='exit 1'; \ - for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \ - case $$f in \ - *=* | --[!k]*);; \ - *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - dot_seen=no; \ - case "$@" in \ - distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ - esac; \ - rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \ - rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - rev="$$rev ."; \ - target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ - for subdir in $$rev; do \ - echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ - if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ - local_target="$$target-am"; \ - else \ - local_target="$$target"; \ - fi; \ - (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ - || eval $$failcom; \ - done && test -z "$$fail" -tags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \ - done -ctags-recursive: - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \ - done - -ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonemtpy = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - mkid -fID $$unique -tags: TAGS - -TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - here=`pwd`; \ - if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ - include_option=--etags-include; \ - empty_fix=.; \ - else \ - include_option=--include; \ - empty_fix=; \ - fi; \ - list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ - tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ - fi; \ - done; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ - test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique; \ - fi -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) - tags=; \ - list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ - unique=`for i in $$list; do \ - if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ - done | \ - $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ - END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \ - test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ - || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ - $$tags $$unique - -GTAGS: - here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ - && cd $(top_srcdir) \ - && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here - -distclean-tags: - -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done - list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ - if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ - test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ - || exit 1; \ - distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \ - top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \ - (cd $$subdir && \ - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ - top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \ - distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \ - am__remove_distdir=: \ - am__skip_length_check=: \ - distdir) \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-recursive -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: installdirs-recursive -installdirs-am: -install: install-recursive -install-exec: install-exec-recursive -install-data: install-data-recursive -uninstall: uninstall-recursive - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-recursive -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-recursive -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-recursive - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags - -dvi: dvi-recursive - -dvi-am: - -html: html-recursive - -info: info-recursive - -info-am: - -install-data-am: - -install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-recursive - -install-info: install-info-recursive - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive - -install-ps: install-ps-recursive - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-recursive - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-recursive - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: - -.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) install-am \ - install-strip - -.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \ - all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - ctags ctags-recursive distclean distclean-generic \ - distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \ - html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ - install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ - install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ - install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ - install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ - installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ - maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \ - mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \ - uninstall uninstall-am - - -html-files: - if test -e unicode/index.docbook; then \ - olddir=$$PWD; \ - cd html;\ - echo "Validating the XML files..."; \ - if meinproc ../unicode/index.docbook; then\ - echo "HTML files created successfully."; \ - fi; cd $$olddir; \ - fi; -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -KDE_DIST=Makefile.in Makefile.am - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-recursive - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac792ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>ĐžŃнови на изŃчаването на Библията</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Целта на изŃчаването</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Четенето на Библията не е Đ·Đ°ŃĐ»Ńга и не ноŃи никаква изгода ŃĐ°ĐĽĐľ по Ńебе Ńи, +ĐľŃвен ако не ни приближава Đ´Đľ ĐŃŃŃ ĐĄŃ€Đ¸ŃŃ‚ĐľŃ. Това от което имаме Đ˝Ńжда при +четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея Đ´Đ° Ńе Ńрещнем Ń +ХриŃŃ‚ĐľŃ.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>СлŃŃане</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Четене</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Запаметяване</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>РазмиŃŃŠĐ»</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Начини Đ·Đ° изŃчаване на Библията</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Тематично изŃчаване</title> +<para>Đзберете Ńи определена тема и ŃŹ Ńледвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданŃ.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>ĐĐ·Ńчаване на герои</title> +<para>ĐĐ·Ńчаване на живота на определен библейŃки герой. Например: живота на ЙоŃиф +(Бит. 37-50)</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>ĐĐ·Ńледване</title> +<para>ĐĐ·Ńчаване на определен паŃаж, параграф, глава или книга.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>ĐžŃнови на правилното интерпретиране</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Съдържание</title> +<para>Какво точно Ńе казва? Какво Ńе казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте Ń +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е напиŃано!</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>КонтекŃŃ‚</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Препратки</title> +<para>Какво Ńе казва в Đ´Ń€Ńги Ńтихове по тази тема? Бог никога не Ńи противоречи, +така че наŃето тълкŃвание трябва Đ´Đ° може Đ´Đ° издържи проверката на ĐľŃтаналата +чаŃŃ‚ от Библията.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Примерно изŃчаване на Матея 6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Сега нека допълним наŃия Ńхематичен план Ń ĐşĐľĐ˝ĐşŃ€ĐµŃ‚Đ˝Đ¸ инŃŃ‚Ń€Ńкции как Đ´Đ° +избегнем греŃното "върŃите делата на правдата":</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Как Đ´Đ° използваме конкорданŃ?</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Đ—Đ° Đ´Đ° намерим определен Ńтих</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Đзберете Ńи ключова Đ´ŃĐĽĐ° от Ńтиха или Đ´ŃĐĽĐ°, която не е чеŃŃ‚Đľ Ńрещана.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Намерете тази Đ´ŃĐĽĐ° по азбŃчен ред</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Под Đ´ŃĐĽĐ°Ń‚Đ° има ŃпиŃŃŠĐş от Ńтихове, Ńред които е Ń‚ŃŠŃ€Ńеният...</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Đ—Đ° Đ´Đ° проŃледим тема </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Đ—Đ° Đ´Đ° Ńи изяŃним значенията на гръцките и еврейŃките Đ´Ńми</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Đ—Đ° Đ´Đ° разберем значенията на имената</title> +<para>По Ńъщия начин можем Đ´Đ° открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейŃки.</para> +<para>ПотърŃете тези имена и Ńравнете значенията им:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Навал</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Đвигея</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ĐŃŃŃ ĐťĐ°Đ˛Đ¸ĐµĐ˛</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Варава</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51e0de5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>ВажноŃŃ‚Ń‚Đ° на Божието Слово</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Книга, която е Ńникална</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Сравнение на новозаветните ръкопиŃи Ń Đ´Ń€Ńги текŃтове от древноŃŃ‚Ń‚Đ°.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Произведение</entry> +<entry>НапиŃано</entry> +<entry>Най-Ńтаро копие</entry> +<entry>Разлика във времето</entry><entry>Брой копия</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Херодот</entry> +<entry>448-428 пр. Ń…Ń€.</entry><entry>900 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.</entry> +<entry>1300 години</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Тацит</entry> +<entry>100 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.</entry><entry>1100 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.</entry> +<entry>1000 години</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>Đ“Đ°Đ»Ńката война</emphasis> на Цезар</entry> +<entry>50-58 пр. Ń…Ń€.</entry><entry>900 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.</entry> +<entry>950 години</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Ливиевата <emphasis>РимŃка ĐŃтория</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 пр. Ń…Ń€. - 17 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.</entry><entry>900 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.</entry> +<entry>900 години</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Нов Завет</entry> +<entry>40 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€. - 100 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.</entry><entry>130 ŃĐ». Ń…Ń€.- чаŃтични ръкопиŃи; 350 Đ°Đ». Ń…Ń€. - пълни ръкопиŃи</entry> <entry>30 - 310 години</entry><entry>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латинŃки +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"С неоŃпорими и разнообразни доказателŃтва на които Ńе облягат, +новозаветните текŃтове ŃĐ° неоŃпоримо Ńникални Ńред ĐľŃтаналите древни +творби." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "<emphasis>Đ’Ńичкото пиŃание е +боговдъхновено...</emphasis>" Вярвате ли го? Преди Đ´Đ° отговорите, помиŃлете +Đ·Đ° ĐŃŃŃовото отноŃение към ПиŃанието. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<emphasis>...и полезно Đ·Đ° поŃка, Đ·Đ° +изобличение, Đ·Đ° поправление, Đ·Đ° наŃтавление в правдата; Đ·Đ° Đ´Đ° бъде Божият +човек ŃŃъвърŃенŃтвŃван, ŃъвърŃено приготвен Đ·Đ° вŃяко добро дело.</emphasis>" +Đко приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към наŃ, Ń‚Đľ Ńледва, че +Ń‚ŃŹ ще бъде авторитет Đ·Đ° Đ˝Đ°Ń ĐżĐľ вŃички въпроŃи каŃаещи вярата и поведението. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Книга, която е дейŃтвена</title> +<para> +С какво би ви помогнало изŃчаването на Библията? 1 СолŃнци 2:13 казва, че +Библията "<emphasis>дейŃтвŃва ĐĽĐµĐ¶Đ´Ń Đ˛Đ°Ń, вярващите</emphasis>". Нека +разгледаме някои Ńтихове и видим как Божието Слово дейŃтва. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Как изŃчаването на Библията помага на хриŃтияните</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Стих</entry> +<entry>ДейŃтвие</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Đ•Ń„. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>очиŃтване - "...ŃŹ е очиŃтил Ń Đ˛ĐľĐ´Đ˝Đľ Ńмиване чрез Ńловото" +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Деяния 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Римл. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +Ńтеха - "...чрез твърдоŃŃ‚Ń‚Đ° и Ńтехата от пиŃанията Đ´Đ° имаме надежда" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Римл. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +вяра - "Đ Ń‚ŃŠĐą, вярването е от ŃĐ»ŃŃане, Đ° ŃĐ»ŃŃането - от ХриŃтовото Ńлово." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Кор. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +поŃка - "РвŃичко това им Ńе ŃĐ»Ńчи Đ·Đ° примери, и Ńе напиŃĐ° Đ·Đ° поŃка нам" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Мат 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +Đ´Ńховна храна - "РТой в отговор каза: 'ПиŃано е: Не ŃĐ°ĐĽĐľ Ń Ń…Đ»ŃŹĐ± ще живее +човек, но Ń Đ˛Ńяко Ńлово, което излиза от Божиите ŃŃŃ‚Đ°." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, която дарява Ńвобода</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано Ń ŃŃловие и говори конкретно Đ·Đ° +иŃтината на Божието Слово.</para> + +<para>Гръцката Đ´ŃĐĽĐ° Đ·Đ° "вятър", използвана в Đ•Ń„. 4:14 означава <emphasis>бŃреноŃен +вятър</emphasis>. "...Đ·Đ° Đ´Đ° не бъдем вече деца, блъŃкани и завличани от +вŃеки вятър на Ńчение..." Едно от нещата, в които изŃчаването на Библията ни +помага, е че ни поŃтавя на здравата ĐľŃнова на ĐŃтината, което означава, че +няма леŃно Đ´Đ° бъдем "завличани".</para> + +<para>"<emphasis>Đ ĐŃŃŃ Đ˛ отговор им рече: ЗаблŃждавате Ńе, като не знаете +пиŃанията нито Божията Ńила.</emphasis>" Мат. 22:29</para> +<para>Кои две неща трябва Đ´Đ° знаем, Đ·Đ° Đ´Đ° не Ńе заблŃдим?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>ПиŃанията</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Божията Ńила </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга Đ·Đ° Đ´Ńховното воюване</title> +<para> +Đ•Ń„. 6:10 дава предŃтава Đ·Đ° Đ´Ńховното ни вŃеоръжие.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Đ”Ńховната броня</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ВъпроŃ</entry> +<entry>Отговор</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Колко от изброените предмети ŃĐ»Ńжат Đ·Đ° защита?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Колко - Đ·Đ° нападение?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Кое? </entry><entry>Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Съвети</title> +<para> +2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<emphasis>Старай Ńе Đ´Đ° Ńе предŃŃ‚Đ°Đ˛Đ¸Ń ĐľĐ´ĐľĐ±Ń€ĐµĐ˝ пред Бога +работник, който няма от що Đ´Đ° Ńе ŃрамŃва, като Đ¸Đ·Đ»Đ°ĐłĐ°Ń ĐżŃ€Đ°Đ˛Đľ Ńловото на +иŃтината.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Кол. 3:16 казва: "<emphasis>ХриŃтовото Ńлово Đ´Đ° Ńе вŃелява във Đ˛Đ°Ń Đ±ĐľĐłĐ°Ń‚Đľ; Ń +пълна мъдроŃŃ‚ Ńчете Ńе и Ńвещавайте Ńе Ń ĐżŃалми и химни и Đ´Ńховни пеŃни, +като пеете на Бога Ń Đ±Đ»Đ°ĐłĐľĐ´Đ°Ń‚ в Ńърцата Ńи.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Đко имате от нещо в пълнота, Ń‚Đľ колко вŃъщноŃŃ‚ имате? </para> +<para> +Немалко!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>ПоŃлеŃлов: Програми Đ·Đ° четене на Библията</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Новият Завет Đ·Đ° една година: четете по една глава вŃеки работен ден.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Притчи Đ·Đ° меŃец: четете по една глава от Притчи вŃеки ден (например главата, +ŃъответŃтваща на Đ´Đ°Ń‚Đ°Ń‚Đ°)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ĐźŃалми Đ·Đ° меŃец:четете по пет ĐżŃалома вŃеки ден, като разликата ĐĽĐµĐ¶Đ´Ń +ĐżŃалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете ĐżŃалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и +140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ĐźŃалми и Притчи Đ·Đ° 6 меŃеца: четете по една глава дневно.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Старият Завет без ĐźŃалми и Пртитчи Đ·Đ° 2 години: ако четете по една глава +дневно, като пропŃŃнете ĐźŃалми и Притчи, ще ŃŃпеете Đ´Đ° прочетете Стария +Завет Đ·Đ° 2 години и 2 Ńедмици. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96044d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила Đ·Đ° тълкŃвание на Библията (херменевтика)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1: Đ—Đ° тълкŃвание използвайте точните значения на Đ´Ńмите</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Препратки</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1.1</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Сега нека приложим това, което наŃчихме към Яков 5:14: <emphasis>"Болен ли е +някой от ваŃ? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека Ńе помолят над него +и го помажат Ń ĐĽĐ°Ńло в Đ“ĐľŃподното име"</emphasis>. Đ’ какъв ŃмиŃŃŠĐ» Ńе +използва Đ´ŃĐĽĐ°Ń‚Đ° "помазвам" Ń‚ŃĐş - практичеŃки или Đ´Ńховен? ПрактичеŃки!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Правило 2: ТълкŃвайте в библейŃки контекŃŃ‚</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2.1</title> +<para>Đ’ предиŃния Ńрок обŃъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<emphasis>"Đ´Đ° Ńе роди от вода и +Đ”ŃŃ…"</emphasis>. Какво общо има водата Ń Ń€Đ°Đ·ĐłĐľĐ˛ĐľŃ€Đ°, ŃъглаŃно контекŃŃ‚Đ°?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2.2</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2.3</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Правило 3: ТълкŃвайте в рамките на иŃторичеŃкия и ĐşŃлтŃрен контекŃŃ‚</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3.1</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3.2</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4: ТълкŃвайте Ńъобразно обичайната Ńпотреба на Đ´Ńмите в езика</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4.1</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4.2</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика ĐĽĐµĐ¶Đ´Ń ĐżŃ€Đ¸Ń‚Ń‡Đ° и +алегория</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Вярно ли е, че вŃяка притча е алегория?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5.1</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>ĐŃтинŃко наŃилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не ĐĽŃ Ńе ще Đ´Đ° защитава +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и Ń‚.Đ˝.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5.2</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..012f073 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>РъководŃтво Đ·Đ° изŃчаване на Библията</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Резюме</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e92818 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfc34be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..978832c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата +част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b03e36d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф +(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc5c5ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f66034f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си, +освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при +четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с +Христос.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Подходи към Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a603600 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Всичкото писание е +боговдъхновено...</em></span>" Вярвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помислете +за Исусовото отношение към Писанието. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<span class="emphasis"><em>...и полезно за поука, за +изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият +човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело.</em></span>" +Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че +тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e53f63e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога +работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на +истината.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Кол. 3:16 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Христовото слово да се вселява във вас богато; с +пълна мъдрост учете се и увещавайте се с псалми и химни и духовни песни, +като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си.</em></span>" +</p><p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате? </p><p> +Немалко!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e847b06 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за +истината на Божието Слово.</p><p>Гръцката дума за "вятър", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава <span class="emphasis"><em>буреносен +вятър</em></span>. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъскани и завличани от +всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни +помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че +няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете +писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b812c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ac9d18 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между +псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и +140.</p></li><li><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария +Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..291892f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> +Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26b863f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> +С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че +Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека +разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26 +</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Деяния 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Римл. 15:4 +</td><td> +утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Римл. 10:17 +</td><td> +вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Кор. 10:11 +</td><td> +поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Мат 4:4 +</td><td> +духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее +човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..747c259 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, +новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни +творби." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e70115 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и +Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6c0262 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67c1852 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5093f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b1c476 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли е +някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над него +и го помажат с масло в Господното име"</em></span>. В какъв смисъл се +използва думата "помазвам" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..493b4f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c82e675 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Základy studia Bible</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>ProÄŤ pĹ™istupujeme k Bibli</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>V samotnĂ©m ÄŤtenĂ PĂsma nenà žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepĹ™ivede k +JežÚi Kristu. PĹ™i kaĹľdĂ©m ÄŤtenĂ Bible je potĹ™eba horlivÄ› oÄŤekávat, Ĺľe se +takto mĹŻĹľeme setkat s JežÚem.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>PĹ™Ăstupy k BoĹľĂmu Slovu</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>SlyšenĂ</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>ÄŚtenĂ</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>MemorovánĂ</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>MeditovánĂ</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typy studia Bible</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>TĂ©matickĂ© studium</title> +<para>ZvolĂ se urÄŤitĂ© tĂ©ma a procházejĂ se mĂsta, která o tĂ©matu mluvĂ. VyuĹľĂvajĂ +se pĹ™itom kĹ™ĂĹľovĂ© odkazy a konkordance.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studium postavy</title> +<para>Studium Ĺľivota biblickĂ© postavy, napĹ™. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>VysvÄ›tlujĂcĂ studium</title> +<para>Studium urÄŤitĂ© pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Základy správnĂ©ho vĂ˝kladu</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Obsah</title> +<para>Co text Ĺ™Ăká? Co text Ĺ™Ăká v originálnĂm jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. NesnaĹľte se "ÄŤĂst" nÄ›co, co text neĹ™Ăká.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Souvislosti</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Odkazy</title> +<para>Co Ĺ™ĂkajĂ ostatnĂ verše k tomuto tĂ©matu v celĂ© Bibli? BĹŻh nepopĹ™e sám sebe, +proto naše interpretace musĂ obstát vzhledem ke zbytku PĂsma.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>VysvÄ›tlujĂcĂ studium Matouše 6,1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>A teÄŹ doplĹte osnovu o konkrĂ©tnĂ instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatnĂ˝m zpĹŻsobĹŻm +praktikovánĂ spravedlnosti:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Jak pouĹľĂvat konkordanci</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>K nalezenĂ konkrĂ©tnĂho verše</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Vyberte z verše klĂÄŤovĂ© slovo nebo slovo nejmĂ©nÄ› běžnĂ©.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základnĂm tvaru).</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ProjdÄ›te seznam vĂ˝skytĹŻ, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>K tĂ©matickĂ©mu studiu </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>K ujasnÄ›nĂ slovnĂho vĂ˝znamu v Ĺ™eÄŤtinÄ› a hebrejštinÄ›</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je ÄŤĂslo 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>K nalezenĂ vĂ˝znamu jmen</title> +<para>StejnĂ˝m zpĹŻsobem mĹŻĹľete zjistit vĂ˝znam jmen v Ĺ™eÄŤtinÄ› nebo hebrejštinÄ›.</para> +<para>NaleznÄ›te tato jmĂ©na a zjistÄ›te jejich vĂ˝znam:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nábal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Jozue</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabáš</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c8d5c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>VĂ˝znam BoĹľĂho Slova</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>JedineÄŤná kniha</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>PorovnánĂ spisĹŻ NovĂ©ho Zákona s ostatnĂmi starovÄ›kĂ˝mi texty.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Text</entry> +<entry>Kdy napsáno</entry> +<entry>Nejstaršà opis</entry> +<entry>ÄŚasovĂ˝ odstup</entry><entry>PoÄŤet opisĹŻ</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 pĹ™.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> +<entry>1300 let</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 n.l.</entry><entry>1100 n.l.</entry> +<entry>1000 let</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 pĹ™.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> +<entry>950 let</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 pĹ™.K. - 17 n.l.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> +<entry>900 let</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>NovĂ˝ Zákon</entry> +<entry>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</entry><entry>130 n.l. zlomky spisĹŻ, 350 n.l. ĂşplnĂ© spisy</entry> <entry>30 - 310 let</entry><entry>5000 Ĺ™eckĂ˝ch a 10 000 latinskĂ˝ch +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"V pravdivosti a plnosti dĹŻkazĹŻ, kterĂ˝mi je podepĹ™en, je text NovĂ©ho Zákona +absolutnÄ› a nedosaĹľitelnÄ› osamocenĂ˝ mezi ostatnĂmi starovÄ›kĂ˝mi prĂłzami." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, Ĺľe <emphasis>"VeškerĂ© PĂsmo vdechnutĂ© Bohem..."</emphasis> +VěřĂte tomu? NeĹľ odpovĂte, zvaĹľte JežÚův postoj k PĂsmu. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2Tm 3,16 pokraÄŤuje: <emphasis>"a je uĹľiteÄŤnĂ© k vyuÄŤovánĂ, k usvÄ›dÄŤovánĂ, k +napravovánĂ a k vĂ˝chovÄ› ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Božà človÄ›k dokonalĂ˝ a +vybavenĂ˝ ke kaĹľdĂ©mu dobrĂ©mu dĂlu."</emphasis> Pokud pĹ™ijmeme, Ĺľe Bible je +opravdu BĹŻh mluvĂcĂ k nám, budeme ji mĂt jako autoritu ve všech vÄ›cech vĂry +a chovánĂ. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title> +<para> +Co vám studium Bible pĹ™inese? 1Te 2,13 Ĺ™Ăká, Ĺľe Bible je <emphasis>"slovo +BoĹľĂ, jeĹľ takĂ© pĹŻsobĂ ve vás věřĂcĂch."</emphasis> Popišme si, co všechno +Slovo vykonává. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Co studium Bible dÄ›lá s kĹ™esĹĄanem?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Odkaz</entry> +<entry>Vliv</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef 5,26 +</entry> +<entry>oÄŤišťuje - "...kdyĹľ ji oÄŤistil koupelĂ vody skrze slovo." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Sk 20,32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Ĺ 15,4 +</entry> +<entry> +povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpÄ›livost a skrze potěšenĂ PĂsem mÄ›li nadÄ›ji." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Ĺ 10,17 +</entry> +<entry> +dává vĂru - "VĂra je tedy ze slyšenĂ a slyšenĂ skrze slovo BoĹľĂ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1K 10,11 +</entry> +<entry> +napomĂná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na vĂ˝strahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutĂ nám" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt 4,4 +</entry> +<entry> +sytĂ - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude ÄŤlovÄ›k Ĺľiv, ale kaĹľdĂ˝m slovem, kterĂ© +vycházĂ z BoĹľĂch Ăşst.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>VidĂme, Ĺľe se jedná o podmĂnÄ›nĂ© zaslĂbenĂ, mluvĂcĂ speciálnÄ› o pravdÄ› BoĹľĂho +slova.</para> + +<para>ĹeckĂ© slovo pro "vĂtr" v Ef 4,14 má vĂ˝znam <emphasis>prudkĂ˝ +vĂtr</emphasis>. <emphasis>abychom uĹľ nebyli nemluvĹata zmĂtaná a unášená +kaĹľdĂ˝m vÄ›trem uÄŤenĂ...</emphasis> Jedna z vÄ›cĂ, kterĂ© nám studium Bible +pĹ™inášĂ, je zakoĹ™enÄ›nĂ v pravdÄ›, takĹľe nemĹŻĹľeme bĂ˝t jednoduše "odfouknuti".</para> + +<para><emphasis>JežÚ jim však odpovÄ›dÄ›l: "BloudĂte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = +dÄ›láte chybu], protoĹľe neznáte PĂsma ani Božà moc."</emphasis>Mt 22,29</para> +<para>JakĂ© dvÄ› vÄ›ci musĂme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Božà slovo</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Božà moc </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title> +<para> +V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden pĹ™ehled našà duchovnĂ zbroje.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>DuchovnĂ zbroj</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Otázka</entry> +<entry>Odpověď</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Kolik popsanĂ˝ch částĂ zbroje sloužà k obranÄ›?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Kolik je jich ĂştoÄŤnĂ˝ch?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Která (-Ă©)? </entry><entry>Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>NapomenutĂ</title> +<para> +<emphasis>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl pĹ™edstavit jako +osvÄ›dÄŤenĂ˝ pĹ™ed Bohem, dÄ›lnĂk, kterĂ˝ se nemá za co stydÄ›t a kterĂ˝ správnÄ› +vykládá slovo pravdy."</emphasis> (2Tm 2,15) +</para> +<para> +<emphasis>"AĹĄ ve vás bohatÄ› pĹ™ebĂ˝vá Kristovo slovo ve všà +moudrosti. VyuÄŤujte a napomĂnejte jedni druhĂ© Ĺľalmy, chvalozpÄ›vy a +duchovnĂmi pĂsnÄ›mi; s vděčnostĂ zpĂvejte svĂ˝m srdcem Pánu."</emphasis> (Kol +3,16) +</para> + +<para>Pokud jste v něčem bohatĂ, kolik toho něčeho máte? </para> +<para> +Nemálo!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provĹľdy"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>PĹ™Ăloha: Plány ÄŤtenĂ Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>NovĂ˝ Zákon za rok: ÄŤtÄ›te jednu kapitolu dennÄ›, pÄ›t dnĂ v tĂ˝dnu.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>PĹ™ĂslovĂ za mÄ›sĂc: ÄŤtÄ›te jednu kapitolu PĹ™ĂslovĂ dennÄ›, podle ÄŤĂsla dne v +mÄ›sĂci.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ĺ˝almy za mÄ›sĂc: ÄŤtÄ›te kaĹľdĂ˝ den pÄ›t Ĺ˝almĹŻ s odstupem tĹ™iceti ÄŤĂsel, +napĹ™Ăklad pro 20. den ÄŤtÄ›te Ĺ˝ 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ĺ˝almy a PĹ™ĂslovĂ za šest mÄ›sĂcĹŻ: ÄŤtÄ›te od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +dennÄ›.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>StarĂ˝ Zákon bez Ĺ˝almĹŻ a PĹ™ĂslovĂ za dva roky: kdyĹľ budete ÄŤĂst jednu +kapitolu dennÄ› a pĹ™eskoÄŤĂte Ĺ˝almy a PĹ™ĂslovĂ, pĹ™eÄŤtete celĂ˝ SZ za dva roky a +dva tĂ˝dny. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87a2208 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Pravidlo 1. - VĂ˝klad podle pĹ™esnĂ©ho vĂ˝znamu slov.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Odkazy</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>A nynĂ se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazánĂ" +duchovnĂ nebo praktickĂ© (fyzickĂ©)? PraktickĂ©!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Pravidlo 2. - VĂ˝klad v biblickĂ©m kontextu</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 2A</title> +<para>PodĂvejme se na Jan 3,5: "<emphasis>JestliĹľe se nÄ›kdo nenarodĂ z vody a z +Ducha</emphasis>". Co znamená slovo voda v danĂ©m kontextu?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>PĹ™iklad 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Pravidlo 3. - VĂ˝klad v historickĂ©m a kulturnĂm kontextu</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Pravidlo 4. - VĂ˝klad s ohledem na normálnĂ uĹľĂvánĂ slov v jazyce</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Pravidlo 5. - PochopenĂ smyslu podobenstvĂ a rozdĂlu mezi podobenstvĂm a +alegoriĂ</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Je pravda, Ĺľe kaĹľdĂ© podobenstvĂ je alegoriĂ?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Zcela znásilnÄ›nĂ˝ obraz - BĹŻh je neochotnĂ˝ bránit práva vdov, modlitebnĂk jej +obtěžuje atd.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>PĹ™Ăklad 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d953522 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Jak studovat Bibli</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>PĹŻvodnĂ anglickĂ© znÄ›nĂ:</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..522b7c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d0611f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..daeed6b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f6867b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48e4ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5759b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k +Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se +takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48f7168 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <span class="emphasis"><em>"Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem..."</em></span> +Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: <span class="emphasis"><em>"a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k +napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a +vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu."</em></span> Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je +opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry +a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfc80b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako +osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně +vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15) +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Ať ve vás bohatě přebývá Kristovo slovo ve vší +moudrosti. Vyučujte a napomínejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpěvy a +duchovními písněmi; s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu."</em></span> (Kol +3,16) +</p><p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte? </p><p> +Nemálo!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e430bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího +slova.</p><p>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <span class="emphasis"><em>prudký +vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená +každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible +přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = +děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c54852c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3b4cec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.</p></li><li><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a +dva týdny. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b030774 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f18183d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo +Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno +Slovo vykonává. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 +</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Sk 20,32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Ř 15,4 +</td><td> +povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Ř 10,17 +</td><td> +dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1K 10,11 +</td><td> +napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutí nám" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt 4,4 +</td><td> +sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které +vychází z Božích úst.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81a6642 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona +absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..294da7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z +Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42859a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..649ea35 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51451a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej +obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0502251 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazání" +duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa45496 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64d4ea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, +nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinfĂĽhrt. Jedesmal wenn +wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie +Christus zu finden.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hören</title> +<para>Lukas 11,28 <quote>Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lesen</title> +<para>Offenbarung 1,3 <quote>Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist +nahe.</quote></para> +<para>1. Timotheus 4,13 <quote>Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studium</title> +<para>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <quote>Diese waren freundlicher als die in +Thessalonich; mit groĂźer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten +Tag fĂĽr Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so +verhielte.</quote> +</para> +<para>2. Timotheus 2,15 <quote>BemĂĽh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Auswendiglernen</title> +<para>Psalm 119,11 <quote>Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sĂĽndige.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Nachdenken</title> +<para>Psalm 1,1-3 <quote>Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +nicht auf dem Weg der SĂĽnder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern +Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, ĂĽber seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag +und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der +zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Thematische Studie</title> +<para>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Charakterstudie</title> +<para>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Textauszugsstudie</title> +<para>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhalt</title> +<para>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprĂĽnglichen Sprache aus? Seien +Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt +wird.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Kontext</title> +<para>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten +Abschnitte und BĂĽcher Sinn ergeben.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Querverweise</title> +<para>Was sagen andere Verse ĂĽber dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere +Stellen bestehen.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>HĂĽtet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text +irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? +<emphasis>Unsere Absichten!</emphasis> Welche UnterĂĽberschriften behandeln +diesen Gedanken?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie spenden</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie fasten</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie beten</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>FĂĽllen Sie jetzt die Ăśbersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Wenn Sie spenden + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>usw.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Suchen Sie sich das SchlĂĽsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Finden Sie diese Verse: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Eine thematische Studie durchfĂĽhren </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</title> +<para>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <quote>Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) <quote>Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.</quote> entdecken wĂĽrden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" +im Deutschen ĂĽbersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</title> +<para>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</para> +<para>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Josua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8368339 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Werk</entry> +<entry>Erstellungszeit</entry> +<entry>Erstausgabe</entry> +<entry>Zeitspanne</entry><entry>Anzahl von Kopien</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodot</entry> +<entry>448-428 v.Chr..</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>1300 Jahre</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>1100 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>1000 Jahre</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 v.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>950 Jahre</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> +<entry>900 Jahre</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Neues Testament</entry> +<entry>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</entry> <entry>30 - 310 Jahre</entry><entry>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"In der Wahrheit und FĂĽlle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine ĂĽber den anderen +alten Prosaschriften." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <emphasis><quote>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</quote></emphasis> Glauben Sie das? +Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezĂĽglich der Schrift in +Betracht. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <emphasis><quote>ist nĂĽtze zur Lehre, +zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass +der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk +geschickt. </quote></emphasis> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie +unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title> +<para> +Was wird das Studium der Bibel fĂĽr sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, +dass die Bibel <emphasis><quote> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.</quote> </emphasis> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +nieder, die das Wort durchfĂĽhrt. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Was bringt das Bibelstudium fĂĽr Christen?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Referenz</entry> +<entry>Zweck</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Epheser 5,26 +</entry> +<entry>es reinigt -- <quote>[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</quote> +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Apostelgeschichte 20,32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Römer 15,4 +</entry> +<entry> +es ermutigt -- <quote>Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung +haben. </quote> +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Römer 10,17 +</entry> +<entry> +es gibt Glauben -- <quote>So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote> +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1. Korinther 10,11 +</entry> +<entry> +es warnt -- <quote> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote> +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matthäus 4,4 +</entry> +<entry> +Nahrung -- <quote>Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem +Wort Gottes geht."</quote> +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der +Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</para> + +<para>Das griechische Wort fĂĽr "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint +einen <emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>. <emphasis>Als Folge sind wir +nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <quote>weggeblasen werden</quote>.</para> + +<para><emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <quote>Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</quote></emphasis> +Matthäus 22,29</para> +<para>Welche beiden Dinge mĂĽssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Gottes Wort</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Gottes Kraft </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg fĂĽhrt</title> +<para> +Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild fĂĽr unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Geistliche RĂĽstung</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Frage</entry> +<entry>Antwort</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Welche? </entry><entry>das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Ermahnungen</title> +<para> +2. Thimotheus 2,15<emphasis><quote>BemĂĽhe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</quote></emphasis> +</para> +<para> +Kollosser 3,16<emphasis><quote> LaĂźt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, +Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren +Herzen. </quote></emphasis> +</para> + +<para>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </para> +<para> +Nicht wenig!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Anhang: <quote>Einer fĂĽr Alle</quote></title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fĂĽnf Tage +die Woche.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para> Die SprĂĽche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der SprĂĽche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +von 30, am 20. mĂĽssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 +lesen.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalme & SprĂĽche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +SprĂĽche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und SprĂĽchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und SprĂĽche auslassen, werden Sie +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cca2a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Bestimmung</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Querverweise</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Beispiel 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Beispiel 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Querverweise fĂĽr aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Ă–le, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Ă–l und heilten sie.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine FĂĽĂźe mit ihrem Haar, kĂĽsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Ă–l.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die FĂĽĂźe und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Querverweise fĂĽr chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk 4,18 <quote>Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht +bringe...</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: +<emphasis>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON Ă–L UND CHRIO IST DIE +GEISTLICHE</emphasis>.</para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 +anwenden <emphasis><quote>Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +Ă„ltesten der Gemeinde, dass sie ĂĽber ihm beten und ihn salben mit Ă–l im +Namen des Herrn.</quote></emphasis> Ist hier <quote>salben</quote> geistlich +oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Beispiel 2A</title> +<para>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<emphasis><quote>geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</quote></emphasis> Im +Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Beispiel 2B</title> +<para>1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]</quote> genommen werden.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Beispiel 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Beispiel 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Beispiel 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Beispiel 4A</title> +<para><quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt.6,23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Beispiel 4B</title> +<para>Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title> +<para>Eine Allegorie ist <emphasis>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine +Bedeutung hat.</emphasis></para> +<para>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Beispiel 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die +Rechte der Witwen zu schĂĽtzen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Beispiel 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a78fad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Zusammenfassung</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4aa1e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 “<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 “<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist +nahe.</span>”</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 “<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 “<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in +Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten +Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so +verhielte.</span>” +</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 “<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 “<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 “<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern +Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag +und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der +zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8721827 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet “<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>”? Gibt der Text +irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln +diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..796ed08 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt +wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten +Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere +Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcd330e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a464100 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 “<span class="quote">Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>” und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) “<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.</span>” entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" +im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6c7c4e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, +nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn +wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie +Christus zu finden.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Bibellesepläne </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annäherung an Gottes Wort</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..306029a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>”</em></span> Glauben Sie das? +Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in +Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, +zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass +der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk +geschickt. </span>”</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie +unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0973991 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> +2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>”</em></span> +</p><p> +Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, +Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren +Herzen. </span>”</em></span> +</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p> +Nicht wenig!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb1cf12 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der +Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</p><p>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint +einen <span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>Als Folge sind wir +nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht “<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>”.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, “<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>”</em></span> +Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..563421b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: “<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..893450e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.</p></li><li><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 +lesen.</p></li><li><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15b7e6d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b87011d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> +Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, +dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.</span>” </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +nieder, die das Wort durchführt. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26 +</td><td>es reinigt -- “<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +Apostelgeschichte 20,32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Römer 15,4 +</td><td> +es ermutigt -- “<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung +haben. </span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +Römer 10,17 +</td><td> +es gibt Glauben -- “<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +1. Korinther 10,11 +</td><td> +es warnt -- “<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>” +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matthäus 4,4 +</td><td> +Nahrung -- “<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem +Wort Gottes geht."</span>” +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36d1852 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen +alten Prosaschriften." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75aef2f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>”</em></span> Im +Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 “<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</span>” muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 “<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]</span>” genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a94ad68 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f84cb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>” in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 “<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16e27f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine +Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..010ba87 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Querverweise für aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.</p></li><li><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Querverweise für chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 “<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht +bringe...</span>”</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</p></li><li><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: +<span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE +GEISTLICHE</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 +anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im +Namen des Herrn.</span>”</em></span> Ist hier “<span class="quote">salben</span>” geistlich +oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7848e61 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index f70bf81..f70bf81 100644 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 8464528..4e837bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> -<table> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> <title>Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</title> <tgroup cols="5"> <thead> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word performs. </para> -<table> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> <title>What does Bible study do for Christians?</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title> <para> Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para> -<table> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> <title>Spiritual Armor</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index aadc189..aadc189 100644 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/how2-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc59daf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> + + <copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and + is licensed under the terms of the license + <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstract</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the + readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This + particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to + advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read + and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start + with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your + heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61e504d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and +observe it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself +approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling +accurately the word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not +sin against Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And +in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted +by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not +wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all +the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the +Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become +familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b66c912 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums +up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself +if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area +of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our +righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c22833 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful +with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make +sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God +doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc68911 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a +concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in +Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b47b383 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the +concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. +"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 +“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in +English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. + Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the + OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..507a4a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that +in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you +are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just so +in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of +Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus +Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that +through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1b9e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... +</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that +proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude +toward the Scriptures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for +granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say +'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in +Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He +said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He +went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to +say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to +say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not +speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor +did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God +spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "<span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for +correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, +equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith +and conduct. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..733f148 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly +dividing the word of truth.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another +with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</em></span>" +</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you +have? </p><p> +Not a little!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these +collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But +beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and +excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for +All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee954ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you +free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by +itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to +all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the +sentence, in v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by +waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One +thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the +result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not +understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0fdfc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for +All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for +All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the +finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek +Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as +to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT +to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was +once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" +(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once +for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian +revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete. +Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are +the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed +word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without +the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70e1595 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your +Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, +or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a +week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, +corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, +for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs +one chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if +you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for +All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ce331f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> +Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c54d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p> +What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible +"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you +who believe.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word +performs. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26 +</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Acts 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- +" +...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the +inheritance among all those who are sanctified. +" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 15:4 +</td><td> +encourages -- "that through perseverance and the +encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 10:17 +</td><td> +gives faith -- +"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of +Christ." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor. 10:11 +</td><td> +instructs -- +"Now these things happened to them for an example, +and they were written for our instruction" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt. 4:4 +</td><td> +nourishment -- +"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, +but on every word that proceeds out of the +mouth of God.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e040caa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for +All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on +God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> +compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>New Testament</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 +A.D. Full manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied +900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have +full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New +Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How +many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 +in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which +it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably +alone among other ancient prose writings." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the +Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> p. +25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9ce9f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the +verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, +it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is +the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being +discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your +interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to be taken within the biblical +context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, +and let each of you be baptized in the name of +Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching +elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging +baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, +how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..139157a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but “<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. +We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have +led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," +esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning +yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the +apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets +of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish +mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 +p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = +day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context +is that cutting animals in two and then walking between +the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking +the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But +in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f81e743 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and +figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even +more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't +understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I +am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. +Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we +are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a +lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) +with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same +rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”. The Mormons +had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..533ed34 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of +God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one +point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get +our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one +lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer +"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it +an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a +time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..794ef4d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by +delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says +this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no +prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; +by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are +some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to +their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been +drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. +Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author + use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical + documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? + <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek + words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want +to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look +it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters +give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up +the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying +influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look +up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for +"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do +something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This +is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated +"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). + Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, +as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main +verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the +definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good +Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal +use in Jesus' day. +</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let +him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would +be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the +Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person +medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and +spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..924d009 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and + is licensed under the terms of the license + + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the + readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This + particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to + advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read + and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start + with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your + heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for +All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aca78fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Joh 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen +elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun +luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <quote>Menemme +kehdon luo vauvan takia</quote>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</attribution> +<para>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten +omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana +sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan +maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he +olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</para> +<para>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta +vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa +Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme +Kristuksen.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title> +<para>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen +kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Kuuntele</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lue</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tutki</title> +<para>Apt. 17:11 <quote>Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Paina mieleen</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Mietiskele</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote> +</para> + +<para>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia +sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on +avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua +enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat +tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</title> +<para>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</title> +<para>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Selittävä tutkiminen</title> +<para>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Sisältö</title> +<para>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Ă„lä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Asiayhteys</title> +<para>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan +kanssa.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> +<para>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin +kirjoituksiin.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title> +<para>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista +jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko +ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Mitä tarkoittaa <quote>hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</quote>? Antaako +tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? +<emphasis>Motiivimme!</emphasis> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Kun annat</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Kun paastoat</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Kun rukoilet</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Kun annat + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <quote>kuulostaa +trumpetilta</quote> tänäpäivänä?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>tee se salaisesti.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>jne.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Löydä erityinen jae</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Etsi nämä jakeet: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </title> +<para>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut +viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden +viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa +"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</title> +<para>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <quote>Ă„lkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</quote> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <quote>Hengellinen +ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan +voi tutkia.</quote> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin +käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Katso "tuomio".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku +viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Nyt katso "tuomio".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa +Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</title> +<para>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</para> +<para>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Joosua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..821283c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title> +<para>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</title> +<para>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +seuraavissa asioissa:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla +dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best +seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin +ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi +kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat +luotettavia?</emphasis> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden +muinaisten tekstien kanssa: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Työ</entry> +<entry>Milloin kirjoitettu</entry> +<entry>Varhaisin kopio</entry> +<entry>Aikaväli</entry><entry>Kopioiden lukumäärä</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> +<entry>1300 vuotta</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 jKr.</entry><entry>1100 jKr.</entry> +<entry>1000 vuotta</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> +<entry>950 vuotta</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> +<entry>900 vuotta</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Uusi Testamentti</entry> +<entry>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</entry><entry>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</entry> <entry>30 - 310 vuotta</entry><entry>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen +sota</emphasis>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen +jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta +350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia +vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 +jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? +5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis> s. 25-26</attribution><para>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten +proosatekstien joukossa." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +toimii... </emphasis>" Jeesus sanoi <emphasis>(Matt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan +jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</emphasis>" Kun luemme +Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. +</para> +<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt +kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja +kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</emphasis>" Uskotko sinä +tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan +todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt +uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus +itse opetti niin. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<emphasis>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, +ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan +ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</emphasis>" Jos +hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, +että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title> +<para> +Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu +"<emphasis>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen +rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Viittaus</entry> +<entry>Toiminta</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Apt 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat +meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Room. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Room. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matt. 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title> +<para> +Joh.8:32 "<emphasis>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä +vapaita.</emphasis>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai +ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset +lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<emphasis>Jos te pysytte +uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella +opetuslapsiani... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan +totuudesta.</para> + +<para>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa +<emphasis>rajuilmaa.</emphasis> "<emphasis>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, +jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien +ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</emphasis>"Yksi asia, minkä +Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä +seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</para> + +<para><emphasis>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </emphasis>"<emphasis>Te +kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan +voimaa.</emphasis>"Matt.22:29</para> +<para>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Jumalan sana</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Jumalan voima </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title> +<para> +Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Hengellinen sotavaruste</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Kysymys</entry> +<entry>Vastaus</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</entry><entry>Yksi</entry></row> +<row><entry>Mikä niistä? </entry><entry>sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Kehotus</title> +<para> +2 Tim.2:15 "<emphasis>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Kol.3:16 "<emphasis>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana +keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja +laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä +lauluja.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </para> +<para> +Ei pieni!</para> + +<para> +Saarn.12:11-12 "<emphasis>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan +piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman +paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla +kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää +ruumiin.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on +kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen +lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen +täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava +Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen +reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden +lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden +lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> auktoriteetiksemme ja <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> pelastukseksemme.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title> <para> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, +esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta +pitääksesi sen tuoreena! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbf126f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että +huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</title> +<para>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen +merkitys näillä askelilla:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Määrittely</title> + <para>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> + <para>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai +hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, +selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja +käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat +sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin +Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana +ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <emphasis>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan +kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esimerkki 1A</title> +<para>Joh.20:17 <emphasis>"Ă„lä koske minuun"</emphasis> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt +kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei +näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' +<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, +1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Esimerkki 1B</title> +<para>Jaak. 5:14, <emphasis>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</emphasis>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja +määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <emphasis>"aleipho" on öljyn +jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</emphasis></para> + +<para>Ă–ljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan +kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä +ja viiniä haavaan. Ă–ljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen +päivinä. +</para> +<para>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <emphasis>"Jos +joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä +voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan +Herran nimeen."</emphasis> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? +Jokapäiväistä!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title> +<para>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on +virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan +tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esimerkki 2A</title> +<para>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"syntynyt vedestä ja +Hengestä."</emphasis> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä +asiayhteydessään?</para> +<para>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja +Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä +muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esimerkki 2B</title> +<para>1 Kor.14:34 <quote>Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</quote> on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <quote>jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esimerkki 2C</title> +<para>Apt. 2:38 <quote>Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi +[...] " </quote>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos +tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta +selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla +Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen +kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie +uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 +<emphasis>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan +evankeliumia"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title> +<para> +Emme kysy ensiksi <quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote> vaan <quote>Mitä +se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</quote>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, +<quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esimerkki 3A</title><para> <quote>3 päivää & 3 yötä</quote> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin +kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös +sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? +Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään +silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</para> +<para>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän +osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja +puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, +vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä +tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja +päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai +klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 +i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta +poistaa ongelman.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esimerkki 3B</title><para>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä +palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin +rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen +mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella +sopimuksella.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title> +<para>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esimerkki 4A</title> +<para><quote>paha silmä</quote> Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja +jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä +oikein!!</para> +<para>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <quote>evil +eye</quote>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 +"<emphasis>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä +karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</emphasis>" +Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai +kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esimerkki 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote></para> +<para>5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää +heidät.</quote></para> +<para> +Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli +kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat +opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen +antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin +(<emphasis>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</emphasis> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla +joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <quote>Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja +kilpi.</quote>. W.M. sanoi, <quote>Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</quote>. Mormonien oli +naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</title> +<para>Vertauskuva on: <emphasis>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on +merkitys.</emphasis></para> +<para>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</para> + +<para>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on +vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, +jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia +kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä +opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden +sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esimerkki 5A</title> +<para>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen +vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</para> +<para>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esimerkki 5B</title> +<para>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </para> +<para>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa +valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei +kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f42934 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on +lisensioitu <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> +"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link> -lisenssillä. + </para> + <para> + Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstrakti</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff226bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen +kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 “<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>” +</p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia +sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on +avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua +enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat +tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b4c89e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista +jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko +ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa “<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako +tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat</p></li><li><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan “<span class="quote">kuulostaa +trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c430004 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan +kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin +kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0f0ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bddb39 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut +viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden +viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa +"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 “<span class="quote">Älkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 “<span class="quote">Hengellinen +ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan +voi tutkia.</span>” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin +käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku +viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa +Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09514c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen +elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun +luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat “<span class="quote">Menemme +kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten +omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana +sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan +maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he +olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta +vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa +Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme +Kristuksen.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e92727a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan +jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme +Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt +kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja +kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</em></span>" Uskotko sinä +tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan +todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt +uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus +itse opetti niin. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<span class="emphasis"><em>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, +ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan +ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</em></span>" Jos +hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, +että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f694b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden +sanaa oikein.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Kol.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana +keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja +laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä +lauluja.</em></span>" +</p><p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </p><p> +Ei pieni!</p><p> +Saarn.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan +piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman +paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla +kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää +ruumiin.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89ca3ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> +Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä +vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai +ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset +lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jos te pysytte +uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella +opetuslapsiani... </em></span>"</p><p>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan +totuudesta.</p><p>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa +<span class="emphasis"><em>rajuilmaa.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, +jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien +ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</em></span>"Yksi asia, minkä +Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä +seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te +kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan +voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3f6ebc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on +kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen +lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen +täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava +Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen +reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden +lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden +lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> auktoriteetiksemme ja <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> pelastukseksemme.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4582aab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, +esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta +pitääksesi sen tuoreena! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e8143a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d598aff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> +Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu +"<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen +rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Apt 20:32 +</td><td> +rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat +meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Room. 15:4 +</td><td> +rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Room. 10:17 +</td><td> +antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</td><td> +opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matt. 4:4 +</td><td> +ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62b996d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla +dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best +seller! +</p></li><li><p> +tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin +ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi +kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. +</p></li><li><p> +säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat +luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden +muinaisten tekstien kanssa: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen +sota</em></span>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen +jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta +350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia +vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 +jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? +5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten +proosatekstien joukossa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span> s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dab129f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on +virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan +tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja +Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä +asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja +Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä +muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 “<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 “<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi +[...] " </span>”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos +tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta +selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla +Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen +kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie +uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan +evankeliumia"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a32165a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> +Emme kysy ensiksi “<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan “<span class="quote">Mitä +se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, +“<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin +kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös +sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? +Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään +silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</p><p>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän +osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja +puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, +vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä +tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja +päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai +klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 +i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta +poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä +palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin +rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen +mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella +sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f32a9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja +jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä +oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, “<span class="quote">evil +eye</span>”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 +"<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä +karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>" +Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai +kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 “<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää +heidät.</span>”</p><p> +Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli +kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat +opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen +antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin +(<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla +joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 “<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja +kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, “<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”. Mormonien oli +naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..948e4c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on +merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on +vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, +jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia +kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä +opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden +sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen +vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa +valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei +kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9dd5e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että +huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen +merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li><p><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai +hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, +selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja +käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat +sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin +Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana +ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan +kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt +kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei +näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' +<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, +1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja +määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn +jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan +kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä +ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen +päivinä. +</p><p>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <span class="emphasis"><em>"Jos +joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä +voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan +Herran nimeen."</em></span> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? +Jokapäiväistä!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..297a8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on +lisensioitu +"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. + </p><p> + Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9ffcb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases de l'Ă©tude biblique</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Il n'est aucun mĂ©rite ou profit d'Ă©tudier les Écritures en tant que tel, +mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer JĂ©sus Christ. Ă€ chaque fois que +nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nĂ©cessaire est la fervente espĂ©rance qu'Ă +travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Écouter</title> +<para>Luc 11:28 <emphasis>" Heureux plutĂ´t ceux qui Ă©coutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"</emphasis></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lire</title> +<para>Apocalypse 1:3 <emphasis>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +paroles de la prophĂ©tie..."</emphasis></para> +<para>1 TimothĂ©e.4:13 <emphasis>"appliques toi Ă la lecture [des +Écritures]..."</emphasis> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Étude</title> +<para>Actes 17:11 <emphasis>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et +ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait +Ă©tait exact."</emphasis> +</para> +<para>2 TimothĂ©e.2:15 <emphasis>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te prĂ©senter +devant Dieu comme un homme Ă©prouvĂ©, un ouvrier qui n'a point Ă rougir, qui +dispense droitement la parole de la vĂ©ritĂ©."</emphasis></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>MĂ©moriser</title> +<para>Psaumes.119:11 <emphasis>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pĂ©cher contre toi."</emphasis></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>MĂ©diter</title> +<para>Psaumes.1:2-3 <emphasis>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +l'Éternel, Et qui la mĂ©dite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre plantĂ© près +d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage +ne se flĂ©trit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui rĂ©ussit."</emphasis> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Types d'Ă©tudes bibliques</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Étude thĂ©matique</title> +<para>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les rĂ©fĂ©rences croisĂ©es ou par un index.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Étude de personnage</title> +<para>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genèse 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Étude expositoire</title> +<para>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases d'une juste interprĂ©tation</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenu</title> +<para>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +original ? Attention aux dĂ©finitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne +signifie pas.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexte</title> +<para>Que disent les versets prĂ©cĂ©dents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage +entier et du livre.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>RĂ©fĂ©rences croisĂ©es</title> +<para>Que disent les verset Ă propos de ce thème Ă travers l'ensemble de la Bible +? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprĂ©tation doit rester cohĂ©rente +face aux autres Écritures.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en ĂŞtre vus</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des +exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concernĂ© ? Nos motivations ! +Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires dĂ©veloppent dans ce sens ?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quand tu fais l'aumĂ´ne</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quand tu jeĂ»nes</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quand tu pries</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Maintenant, complĂ©tons notre Ă©bauche avec les instructions permettant +d'Ă©viter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quand tu fais l'aumĂ´ne + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>que ton aumĂ´ne se fasse en secret.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>SĂ©lectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusitĂ© de ce verset.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabĂ©tique</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Parcourir la colonne des rĂ©sultats trouvĂ©s jusqu'au verset recherchĂ©.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Trouver ces versets : +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Pour faire une Ă©tude thĂ©matique </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Pour dĂ©gager la signification des mots grecs ou hĂ©breux</title> +<para>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugĂ©s." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme +spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-ĂŞtre y a-t-il deux mots +grecs diffĂ©rents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (Ă partir de +maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numĂ©ros Strongs) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Recherche du mot "jugĂ©s".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Pour trouver la signification des noms</title> +<para>Ă€ l'aide de la mĂŞme mĂ©thode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hĂ©breux.</para> +<para>Recherchez ces noms et Ă©crivez leur signification :</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>AbigaĂŻl</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>JosuĂ©</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57d6296 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un livre unique</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Ouvrage</entry> +<entry>Date d'Ă©criture</entry> +<entry>Copie la plus ancienne</entry> +<entry>PĂ©riode Ă©coulĂ©e</entry><entry>Nombre de copies</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>HĂ©rodote</entry> +<entry>448-428 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>1300 ans</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacite</entry> +<entry>100 après J.C.</entry><entry>1100 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>1000 ans</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de CĂ©sar</entry> +<entry>50-58 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>950 ans</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live</entry> +<entry>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> +<entry>900 ans</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nouveau Testament</entry> +<entry>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</entry><entry>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</entry> <entry>30 - 310 ans</entry><entry>5000 grecs & 10000 latins +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Dans la vĂ©ritĂ© et la plĂ©nitude de l'Ă©vidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement Ă part +parmis les autres Ă©crits en prose anciens." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tim.3:16 dit,"<emphasis>Toute Écriture est inspirĂ©e de Dieu [litt., est +parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</emphasis>" Le pensez vous ? Avant de +rĂ©pondre, prĂŞtez attention Ă l'attitude de JĂ©sus vis-Ă -vis des Écritures. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 TimothĂ©e 3:16 poursuit : "<emphasis>... et utile pour enseigner, pour +convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme +de Dieu soit accompli et propre Ă toute bonne oeuvre.</emphasis>" Si nous +admettons que la Bible est rĂ©ellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle +doit faire pleinement autoritĂ© dans notre foi et notre conduite. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un livre qui agit</title> +<para> +Que l'Ă©tude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 +affirme que la Bible "<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>" Ă€ +cotĂ© de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est Ă©crit. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Qu'est ce que l'Ă©tude de la Bible apporte aux chrĂ©tiens ?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>RĂ©fĂ©rence</entry> +<entry>Action</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Eph. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +purifiĂ©e par le baptĂŞme d'eau..." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Actes 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rom. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possĂ©dions l'espĂ©rance." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rom. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Cor. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivĂ©es pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont Ă©tĂ© Ă©crites pour notre instruction..." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matt 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +nourriture -- "JĂ©sus rĂ©pondit: Il est Ă©crit: L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un livre qui libère</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout +particulièrement Ă propos de la vĂ©ritĂ© de la Parole.</para> + +<para>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisĂ© dans Eph 4:14 signifie plus prĂ©cisĂ©ment un +<emphasis>vent violent. </emphasis> "<emphasis>afin que nous ne soyons plus +des enfants, flottants et emportĂ©s Ă tout vent de +doctrine...</emphasis>"L'une des actions de l'Ă©tude de la Bible est de nous +ancrer dans la vĂ©ritĂ©, ce qui a pour consĂ©quence que nous ne serons pas +facilement "emportĂ©s".</para> + +<para><emphasis> JĂ©sus leur rĂ©pondit : </emphasis>"<emphasis>Vous ĂŞtes dans +l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de +Dieu.</emphasis>"Matthieu.22:29</para> +<para>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaĂ®tre pour ĂŞtre prĂ©servĂ©s de +l'erreur ?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>La Parole de Dieu</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>La puissance de Dieu </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un livre qui combat</title> +<para> +Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>L'armure spirituelle</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Question</entry> +<entry>RĂ©ponse</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Combien des armes listĂ©es ici sont dĂ©fensives ?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Combien sont offensives ?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>La (les) quelle(s) ? </entry><entry>La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>les exhortations</title> +<para> +2 TimothĂ©e 2:15 "<emphasis>Efforces toi de te prĂ©senter devant Dieu comme un +homme Ă©prouvĂ©, un ouvrier qui n'a point Ă rougir, qui dispense droitement la +parole de la vĂ©ritĂ©.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Colossiens 3:16 "<emphasis>Que la parole de Christ habite parmi vous +abondamment; instruisez vous et exhortez vous les uns les autres en toute +sagesse, par des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, +chantant Ă Dieu dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Si vous ĂŞtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </para> +<para> +Pas qu'un peu !</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>ComplĂ©ment : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par +exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & +140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament exceptĂ© les psaumes & +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f884b92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Règles de l'interprĂ©tation biblique (hermĂ©neutique)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Règle 1 - InterprĂ©ter selon le sens exact des mots.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>DĂ©finition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>RĂ©fĂ©rences croisĂ©es</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemple 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemple 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>RĂ©fĂ©rences croisĂ©es d'alelpho : + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeĂ»nes, parfume ta tĂŞte</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] JĂ©sus.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guĂ©rissaient.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de JĂ©sus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>RĂ©fĂ©rences croisĂ©es de chrio + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 JĂ©sus, que tu as oint</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force JĂ©sus de Nazareth</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Quelle est alors la diffĂ©rence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux +rĂ©fĂ©rences croisĂ©es et aux dĂ©finitions et en faisant la synthèse des +diffĂ©rences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE +SPIRITUEL</para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre Ă +Jacques 5:14 <emphasis>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade? Qu'il appelle +les anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant +d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</emphasis> "oindre" dĂ©signe un acte pratique ou +spirituel ? Pratique !</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Règle 2 - interprĂ©ter selon le contexte biblique</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemple 2A</title> +<para>Dans une leçon prĂ©cĂ©dente, nous avons considĂ©rĂ© Jean 3:5 <emphasis>"...naĂ®t +d'eau et d'Esprit..."</emphasis> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont +on parle ici ?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemple 2B</title> +<para>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <emphasis>"que les femmes se taisent dans les +assemblĂ©es"</emphasis> doit ĂŞtre considĂ©rĂ© dans le contexte biblique de 1 +Corinthiens 11:5 <emphasis>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui +prophĂ©tise..."</emphasis></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemple 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Règle 3 - interprĂ©ter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemple 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemple 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Règle 4 - InterprĂ©ter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemple 4A</title> +<para><quote>oeil en mauvais Ă©tat</quote> dans Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemple 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras Ă©ternels est une retraite.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la diffĂ©rence entre une +parabole et une allĂ©gorie</title> +<para>Une allĂ©gorie est : <emphasis>Une histoire oĂą chaque Ă©lĂ©ment Ă une +signification.</emphasis></para> +<para>Chaque parabole est une allĂ©gorie, vrai ou faux ?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemple 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Tout un Ă©ventail de brutalitĂ©s se font jour : Dieu est peu disposĂ© Ă +protĂ©ger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embĂŞtent", etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemple 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab3b006 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Tutoriel d'Ă©tude biblique</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>RĂ©sumĂ©</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57358c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +paroles de la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Timothée.4:13 <span class="emphasis"><em>"appliques toi ŕ la lecture [des +Écritures]..."</em></span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et +ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait +était exact."</em></span> +</p><p>2 Timothée.2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter +devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point ŕ rougir, qui +dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté prčs +d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage +ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</em></span> +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3ae506 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en ętre vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des +exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! +Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li><p>Quand tu jeűnes</p></li><li><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..133ac3b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne +signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +rčgle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage +entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset ŕ propos de ce thčme ŕ travers l'ensemble de la Bible +? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente +face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62829a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thčme et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genčse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..821f24a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme +spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-ętre y a-t-il deux mots +grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (ŕ partir de +maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>Ŕ l'aide de la męme méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaďl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c9772b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, +mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. Ŕ chaque fois que +nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'ŕ +travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approche de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2770b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 dit,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est +parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</em></span>" Le pensez vous ? Avant de +répondre, prętez attention ŕ l'attitude de Jésus vis-ŕ-vis des Écritures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Timothée 3:16 poursuit : "<span class="emphasis"><em>... et utile pour enseigner, pour +convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme +de Dieu soit accompli et propre ŕ toute bonne oeuvre.</em></span>" Si nous +admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle +doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8027e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Timothée 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un +homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point ŕ rougir, qui dispense droitement la +parole de la vérité.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Colossiens 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Que la parole de Christ habite parmi vous +abondamment; instruisez vous et exhortez vous les uns les autres en toute +sagesse, par des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, +chantant ŕ Dieu dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</em></span>" +</p><p>Si vous ętes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </p><p> +Pas qu'un peu !</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80ba71e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libčre</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libčre</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libčre</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout +particuličrement ŕ propos de la vérité de la Parole.</p><p>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Eph 4:14 signifie plus précisément un +<span class="emphasis"><em>vent violent. </em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>afin que nous ne soyons plus +des enfants, flottants et emportés ŕ tout vent de +doctrine...</em></span>"L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous +ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas +facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous ętes dans +l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de +Dieu.</em></span>"Matthieu.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour ętre préservés de +l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc76a82 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99329b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par +exemple le vingtičme jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & +140.</p></li><li><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes & +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eadb07b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libčre"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> +Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libčre </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31f3166 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libčre"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> +Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 +affirme que la Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" Ŕ +coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26 +</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, aprčs l'avoir +purifiée par le baptęme d'eau..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Actes 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 15:4 +</td><td> +encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 10:17 +</td><td> +foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor. 10:11 +</td><td> +instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matt 4:4 +</td><td> +nourriture -- "Jésus répondit: Il est écrit: L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libčre</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6cc78c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libčre</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 aprčs J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 aprčs J.C.</td><td>1100 aprčs J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 aprčs J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 aprčs J.C.</td><td>900 aprčs J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 aprčs J.C. - 100 aprčs J.C.</td><td>130 aprčs J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 aprčs J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 grecs & 10000 latins +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement ŕ part +parmis les autres écrits en prose anciens." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..224a6f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît +d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'aprčs le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont +on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les +assemblées"</em></span> doit ętre considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 +Corinthiens 11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui +prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecebcd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dae9ace --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span>” dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e1585d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire oů chaque élément ŕ une +signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé ŕ +protéger les droits des veuves, les pričres "L'embętent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f02d99 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Références croisées d'alelpho : + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeűnes, parfume ta tęte</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetčrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Références croisées de chrio + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux +références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthčse des +différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE +SPIRITUEL</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre ŕ +Jacques 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade? Qu'il appelle +les anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant +d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</em></span> "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou +spirituel ? Pratique !</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e11a792 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libčre</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rčgles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rčgle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rčgle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rčgle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rčgle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rčgle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.am b/docs/howto/html/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 6854ff2..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - -uninstall-local: diff --git a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.in b/docs/howto/html/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 29dfde2..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/html/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/howto/html -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = -#>- all: all-am -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/html/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: - - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-am -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-am - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ - dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ - install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - -uninstall-local: -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/html/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/html/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-am - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5f5f4d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>A szándĂ©kunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Tudakozzátok az Ărásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök +Ă©letetek; Ă©s ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rĂłlam; És nem akartok +hozzám jĹ‘ni, hogy Ă©letetek legyen!</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>A fĹ‘ indĂtĂ©ka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: +<quote> Csak azĂ©rt megyĂĽnk a bölcsĹ‘höz, hogy ringassuk a babát</quote>; de a +Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért vĂ©gezzĂĽk, hanem az +Istennel valĂł szövetsĂ©gĂ©rt. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>A zsidĂłk, akiknek JĂ©zus beszĂ©lt [...] ha birtokolni az ĂŤrást, ugyanannyi, +mintha birtokolnáknák az Ă©letet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki +befogadta a TĂłra szavait, befogadta a világba jövĹ‘ Ă©letet." Ez a fajta +tanulmányozás öncĂ©lĂş. És ebben Ĺ‘k keservesen csalĂłdtak. [...]</para> +<para>Sem nem Ă©rdem, sem nem nyeresĂ©g az ĂŤrást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha +tĂ©nylegesen bemutatja JĂ©zus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvashatĂł, +szĂĽksĂ©g van olyan buzgĂł remĂ©nysĂ©gre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk +Krisztussal.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</title> +<para>Hallgatni Ă©s olvasni az igĂ©t csak egy távlati nĂ©zetet ad, mĂg tanulmányozni +Ă©s memorizálni azt már mikroszkĂłpikus betekintĂ©st enged az +ĂŤrásba. ElmĂ©lkedni az Ărásokon egyĂĽtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, +tanulmányozást Ă©s memorizálást, Ă©s ez ragasztja az IgĂ©t az elmĂ©nkbe.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hallgatni</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>SĹ‘t inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszĂ©dĂ©t, +Ă©s megtartják azt.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Olvasni</title> +<para>Jel.1:3 <quote>Boldog, a ki olvassa, Ă©s a kik hallgatják e prĂłfĂ©tálásnak +beszĂ©deit [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tanulmányozni</title> +<para>ApCsel 17:11 <quote>Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +ThessalonikabelieknĂ©l, Ăşgymint kik bevevĂ©k az ĂgĂ©t teljes kĂ©szsĂ©ggel, +naponkĂ©nt tudakozva az Ărásokat, ha Ăşgy vannak-Ă© ezek.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>IgyekezzĂ©l, hogy Isten elĹ‘tt becsĂĽletesen megállj, mint +oly munkás, a ki szĂ©gyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak +beszĂ©dĂ©t.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizálni</title> +<para>Zsolt.119:11 <quote>SzĂvembe rejtettem a te beszĂ©dedet, hogy ne vĂ©tkezzem +ellened.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>ElmĂ©lkedni</title> +<para>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <quote>Hanem az Ăšr törvĂ©nyĂ©ben van gyönyörűsĂ©ge, Ă©s az Ĺ‘ +törvĂ©nyĂ©rĹ‘l gondolkodik Ă©jjel Ă©s nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyĂłvizek +mellĂ© ĂĽltetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyĂĽmölcsĂ©t, Ă©s levele nem +hervad el; Ă©s minden munkájában jĂł szerencsĂ©s lĂ©szen.</quote> +</para> + +<para>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlĂtották, hogy ahogyan a hĂĽvelykujj kĂ©pes +megĂ©rinteni a többi ujjat, Ăşgy mi is tudunk elmĂ©lkedni az IgĂ©rĹ‘l miközben +bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az elĹ‘zĹ‘ nĂ©gy közĂĽl. Az elmĂ©lkedĂ©s elengedhetetlen +feltĂ©tele a kijelentĂ©sek kapásához. Egy friss keresztyĂ©nnek inkább van +szĂĽksĂ©ge az ige hallására Ă©s olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza Ă©s +memorizálja. Ez azĂ©rt van Ăgy, mert szĂĽksĂ©ges, hogy megismerjĂ©k a Biblia +általános ĂĽzenetĂ©t.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás tĂpusai</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>TĂ©mák tanulmányozása</title> +<para>Válasszon ki egy tĂ©mát, Ă©s kövesse vĂ©gig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szĂłszedetek alapján.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterek tanulmányozása</title> +<para>Egy bibliai szemĂ©ly Ă©letĂ©nek tanulmányozása, pĂ©ldául JĂłzsef Ă©lete az +1MĂłz. 37-50 szerint.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>MegismerĹ‘ tanulmányozás</title> +<para>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdĂ©s, fejezet, vagy egĂ©sz könyv is.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>A helyes Ă©rtelmezĂ©s alapjai</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Tartalom</title> +<para>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen Ăłvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>szövegkörnyezet</title> +<para>A környezetĂ©ben lĂ©vĹ‘ versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +király" ez a szabály -- a rĂ©sz Ă©rtelmĂ©nek egyeznie kell a teljes +szakasszal Ă©s könyvvel.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> +<para>Mit jelent ki ugyanarrĂłl a tĂ©márĂłl máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +önmagának, ezĂ©rt a mi Ă©rtelmezĂ©sĂĽnket kell alávetnĂĽnk más igeszakaszok +tesztjĂ©nek.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>MátĂ© 6:1-18 megismerĹ‘ tanulmányozása</title> +<para>Tanulmányozzuk egyĂĽtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, elĹ‘ször megkeresve a +kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egĂ©sz szakaszt. Amikor +megtalálta, Ărjon mellĂ© egy rĂłmai egyest (I):</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Vigyázzatok a kegyessĂ©geteket ne az emberek elĹ‘tt gyakoroljátok</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Mit jelent a <quote>kegyessĂ©g gyakorlása</quote>? Ad erre a szakasz pĂ©ldát? +Az Ă©letĂĽnk mely terĂĽletĂ©nek lett ez cĂmezve? <emphasis>A +motiváciĂłnknak!</emphasis> Gyűjtse ki a tĂ©maköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Amikor adsz</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Amikor böjtölsz</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Amikor imádkozol</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerĂĽlje el a rossz +mĂłdját a kegyessĂ©g gyakorlásának:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Amikor adsz + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>ne kĂĽrtöltess. (hogyan <quote>kĂĽrtöltethet</quote> bárki manapság?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>titokban csináld.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>stb.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szĂłszedetet)</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Megtalálni a pontos verset</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Vegye a kulcsszĂłt, vagy a leginkább használt szĂłt a versbĹ‘l.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyĂ©re</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Menjen vĂ©gig az oszlopon, mĂg meg nem találja a verset.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Keresse meg ezeket: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>JĂł szándĂ©kĂşak a baráttĂłl kapott sebek</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Tehát KrisztusĂ©rt járva követsĂ©gben. </quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A gazdag ember Ă©s Lázár törtĂ©nete.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>TĂ©ma szerinti tanulmányozás </title> +<para>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretnĂ© a "megváltás" jelentĂ©sĂ©t. ElĹ‘ször +nĂ©zzen körĂĽl a konkordanciában, Ă©s nĂ©zze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket +felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat Ă©s a hivatkozásaikat, melyek mĂ©g ide +vannak sorolva, pĂ©ldául "megvált, megváltott, váltságdĂj" Ă©s mĂ©g a +"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>A jelentĂ©s tisztázása GörögbĹ‘l Ă©s HĂ©berbĹ‘l</title> +<para>Mi törtĂ©nik akkor, ha ellentmondást Ă©szlel a Mt. 7:1<quote>Ne ĂtĂ©ljetek, +hogy ne ĂtĂ©ltessetek!</quote> Ă©s az 1 Kor.2.15 <quote>A lelki ember azonban +mindent megĂtĂ©l</quote> között? Lehet, hogy itt kĂ©t kĂĽlönbözĹ‘ görög szĂł van, +amit ugyanĂşgy "ĂtĂ©l" szĂłval fordĂthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's +Görög Ă©s HĂ©ber szĂłtárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Keresse meg az "ĂtĂ©l" szĂłt</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzĂ©seihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott +görög szĂł hivatkozási száma. ĂŤrja le.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Most keresse ki a "megĂtĂ©l" szĂłt.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lapozzunk a görög szĂłtárhoz. (EmlĂ©kezzĂĽnk, az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g eredeti nyelve a +görög, mĂg az Ă“szövetsĂ©gĂ© a hĂ©ber.) HasonlĂtsuk össze a 2919 Ă©s a 350 számĂş +szavak jelentĂ©sĂ©t, Ă©s megvan a válasz! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Nevek jelentĂ©sĂ©nek megkeresĂ©se</title> +<para>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy nĂ©v jelentĂ©sĂ©t keressĂĽk görögben, vagy +hĂ©berben.</para> +<para>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, Ă©s Ărja le a jelentĂ©sĂĽket:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nábál</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>JĂłzsuĂ©</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabás</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d34ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Isten szavának jelentĹ‘sĂ©ge</title> +<para>Isten szavának megĂ©rtĂ©se nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segĂtsĂ©gĂĽk hĂvják +Isten nevĂ©t. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsĹ‘dleges mĂłdoknak, hogy +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>A Könyv, amely PĂRATLAN</title> +<para>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedĂĽlállĂł. Páratlan a:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +nĂ©pszerűsĂ©gĂ©ben. Csak az EgyesĂĽlt Ăllamokban több, mint 500 milliĂł dollárt +hoznak az eladások Ă©vente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idĹ‘k Ă©s minden Ă©v +bestsellere! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +szerzĹ‘sĂ©gĂ©ben. Több, mint 1600 Ă©v alatt ĂrĂłdott, kĂĽlönbözĹ‘ háttĂ©rrel +rendelkezĹ‘ 40 kĂĽlönbözĹ‘ szerzĹ‘tĹ‘l, mĂ©gis Ăşgy olvassák, mintha egy Ărta +volna. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <emphasis> MegbĂzhatĂłak az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g +dokumentumai?</emphasis> műve összehasonlĂtja az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g kĂ©ziratait más +Ĺ‘si iratokkal: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g kĂ©ziratainak összehasonlĂtása más Ĺ‘si iratokkal.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Irat</entry> +<entry>KeletkezĂ©s</entry> +<entry>Legkorábbi másolat</entry> +<entry>Eltelt idĹ‘</entry><entry>Fennmaradt másolatok</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>HĂ©rodotosz</entry> +<entry>448-428 Kr.e</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>1300 Ă©v</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 Kr.u.</entry><entry>1100 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>1000 Ă©v</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>CĂ©zár <emphasis>Gall háborĂş</emphasis></entry> +<entry>58-50 Kr.e.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>950 Ă©v</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livius <emphasis>RĂłma törtĂ©nete</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> +<entry>900 Ă©v</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>ĂšjszövetsĂ©g</entry> +<entry>Kr.u. 40 - 100</entry><entry>Kr. u. 130 töredĂ©kes kĂ©ziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kĂ©ziratok</entry> <entry>30 -310 Ă©v</entry><entry>5 000 görög Ă©s 10 000 latin nyelvű +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>CĂ©zár <emphasis>Gall háborĂşjábĂłl</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 +Ă©vvel kĂ©sĹ‘bbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Ăšjtestamentum hiánytalan +pĂ©ldánya 350-bĹ‘l, több papirusztekercs, mely az Ăšjtestamentum töredĂ©kes +szövegĂ©t tartalmazza a 200-as Ă©vekbĹ‘l, mĂg János evangĂ©liumának töredĂ©keit +Kr.u. 130-bĂłl datálhatĂł. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája Ărja, 1.kötet +561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idĂ©zve az <emphasis>Élet KĂ©rdĂ©sei</emphasis> +25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetisĂ©g Ă©s a teljessĂ©g a bizonyĂtĂ©k arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +ĂšjszövetsĂ©g alapszik, abszolĂşt Ă©s megközelĂthetetlenĂĽl egyedĂĽlállĂł a többi +Ĺ‘si prĂłzai irat között." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title> +<para><emphasis>Zsid. 4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Isten igĂ©je Ă©lĹ‘ Ă©s +hatĂł... </emphasis> " JĂ©zus mondta<emphasis> (Mt. 4:4)</emphasis><emphasis> +Meg van Ărva: Nem csak kenyĂ©rrel Ă©l az ember, hanem minden igĂ©vel, amely +Isten szájábĂłl származik.</emphasis> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten +Szelleme ott van, Ă©s beszĂ©l a szĂvĂĽnkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. +</para> +<para>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<emphasis>A teljes ĂŤrás IstentĹ‘l +ihletett,</emphasis>". Hiszi ezt? MielĹ‘tt válaszol, vegye fontolĂłra JĂ©zus +hozzáállását a SzentĂráshoz. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozĂł</emphasis>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95 </attribution><para>Hivatkozott emberi szerzĹ‘kre, de Ăşgy Ă©rtelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy +Isteni SzerzĹ‘ állott volna. Ugyanolyan Ă©rtelemben mondta azt, hogy MĂłzes +mondta, mint azt, hogy az Ăšr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). UgyanĂşgy idĂ©zte a 1 +MĂłz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtĹ‘jĂ©t (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt +mondta: "TalálĂłan prĂłfĂ©tált Ézsaiás rĂłlatok, ti kĂ©pmutatĂłk, amint meg van +Ărva:", Ă©s amint elkezdi az idĂ©zetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & +Ésa. 29:13). Ez JĂ©zus hozzáállása, amit az ĂšjszövetsĂ©g szerzĹ‘i is +meggyĹ‘zĹ‘dĂ©sĂĽk szerint átvettek, ti. az Ărás kettĹ‘s szerzĹ‘sĂ©gĂ©t. Számukra +valĂłság volt az, hogy "rĂ©gen sokszor Ă©s sokfĂ©lekĂ©ppen szĂłlt Isten az +atyákhoz a prĂłfĂ©ták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanĂşgy, mint "a SzentlĂ©lektĹ‘l +indĂttatva szĂłlaltak meg az IstentĹ‘l kĂĽldött emberek" (2 PĂ©t. 1:21). Sem +Isten nem beszĂ©lt Ăşgy, hogy elvennĂ© az ember szemĂ©lyisĂ©gĂ©t, sem az emberek +Ăşgy, hogy sĂ©rĂĽlt volna az Isteni szerzĹ‘ szava. Isten szĂłlt. Emberek +szĂłltak. A valĂłság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktĂłl. ... +</para> +<para> +Akkor ez volt Krisztus nĂ©zete az ĂŤrásokrĂłl. Az Ĺ‘ bizonyságuk volt Isten +bizonysága. A Biblia tanĂşbizonysága Isten tanĂşbizonysága. Éppen ezĂ©rt a fĹ‘ +oka, amiĂ©rt a keresztyĂ©nek hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetĂ©ben, az az, hogy +JĂ©zus önmaga is ezt tartotta rĂłla. </para></blockquote> + +<para>A 2 Tim. 3:16 Ăgy folytatĂłdik: "<emphasis>hasznos a tanĂtásra, a feddĂ©sre, a +megjobbĂtásra, az igazságban valĂł nevelĂ©sre; hogy tökĂ©letes legyen az Isten +embere, minden jĂł cselekedetre felkĂ©szĂtett.</emphasis>" Ha hisszĂĽk, hogy a +BibliábĂłl valĂłban Isten beszĂ©l hozzánk, abbĂłl következik, hogy az a +tekintĂ©ly a hitĂĽnk Ă©s a magaviseletĂĽnk minden terĂĽletĂ©n. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title> +<para> +Mit tesz önĂ©rt a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy +"<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>" +Minden Ărás mellĂ© jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyĂ©nekĂ©rt?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Hivatkozás</entry> +<entry>Cselekedet</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>megtisztĂt -- "...hogy a vĂz fĂĽrdĹ‘jĂ©vel az ige által megtisztĂtva +megszentelje." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +ApCsel. 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +felĂ©pĂt -- " ... kegyelme igĂ©jĂ©nek ajánllak titeket, aki felĂ©pĂthet +benneteket, Ă©s öröksĂ©get adhat nektek a szentek között." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +RĂłm. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +vĂgasztal -- "ĂŤrásokbĂłl tĂĽrelmet Ă©s vigasztalást merĂtve remĂ©nykedjĂĽnk." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +RĂłm. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásbĂłl van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszĂ©de +által." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig pĂ©ldakĂ©ppen törtĂ©nt velĂĽk, figyelmeztetĂ©sĂĽl +Ăratott meg nekĂĽnk, akik az utolsĂł idĹ‘kben Ă©lĂĽnk." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt. 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +táplál -- "Ĺ Ăgy válaszolt: 'Meg van Ărva: Nem csak kenyĂ©rrel Ă©l az ember, +hanem minden igĂ©vel, amely Isten szájábĂłl származik.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A könyv ami megszabadĂt</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + +<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + +<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> +<para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>God's word</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>God's power </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title> +<para> +Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Spiritual Armor</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Question</entry> +<entry>Answer</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>How many are offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Which one(s)? </entry><entry>the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortations</title> +<para> +2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all +wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </para> +<para> +Not a little!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to +the day of the month.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance +on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one +chapter per day.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one +chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you +will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13b5880 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Example 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Example 2A</title> +<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Example 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Example 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Example 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Example 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Example 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Example 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Example 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28fe8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstract</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..757a7ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni +és memorizálni azt már mikroszkópikus betekintést enged az +Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, +tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 “<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 “<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak +beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 “<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 “<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő +törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek +mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>” +</p><p>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes +megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben +bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen +feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van +szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és +memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia +általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d248cc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a +kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor +megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a “<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? +Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A +motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan “<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47adeec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes +szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok +tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30e6e93 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e642cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először +nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket +felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide +vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a +"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1“<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, +hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 “<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban +mindent megítél</span>” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, +amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's +Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott +görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a +görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú +szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..792ba14 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök +életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok +hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: +“<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a +Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az +Istennel való szövetségért. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, +mintha birtokolnáknák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki +befogadta a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta +tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha +ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, +szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk +Krisztussal.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f2e2ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és +ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em> +Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely +Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten +Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szívünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. +</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<span class="emphasis"><em>A teljes Írás Istentől +ihletett,</em></span>". Hiszi ezt? Mielőtt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus +hozzáállását a Szentíráshoz. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy +Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes +mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1 +Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtőjét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt +mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van +írva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & +Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzői is +meggyőződésük szerint átvettek, ti. az írás kettős szerzőségét. Számukra +valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az +atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a Szentlélektől +indíttatva szólaltak meg az Istentől küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem +Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek +úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerző szava. Isten szólt. Emberek +szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ... +</p><p> +Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Írásokról. Az ő bizonyságuk volt Isten +bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fő +oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy +Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó</em></span>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: "<span class="emphasis"><em>hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, a +megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten +embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített.</em></span>" Ha hisszük, hogy a +Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a +tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d7693a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all +wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>" +</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have? </p><p> +Not a little!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e767de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71266c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6a24d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to +the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance +on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one +chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one +chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you +will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc677d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> +Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fcc543 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> +Mit tesz önért a Bibliatanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy +"<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>" +Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva +megszentelje." +</td></tr><tr><td> +ApCsel. 20:32 +</td><td> +felépít -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet +benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Róm. 15:4 +</td><td> +vígasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Róm. 10:17 +</td><td> +hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde +által." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Kor. 10:11 +</td><td> +figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül +íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt. 4:4 +</td><td> +táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cb5d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják +Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt +hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év +bestsellere! +</p></li><li><p> +szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel +rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta +volna. +</p></li><li><p> +fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség +dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más +ősi iratokkal: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háborújából</em></span> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 +évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan +példánya 350-ből, több papirusztekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes +szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit +Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi +ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szövegkritikája írja, 1.kötet +561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet Kérdései</em></span> +25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98cef98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e80538a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1e0040 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..516bfc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffbf96c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..643aa51 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Bibliatanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38d1b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Elementi di studio della bibbia</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>La nostra intenzione ďż˝di occuparci della Bibbia</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Non c'ďż˝merito nďż˝profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se +ci porta a Ges Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo +avere una forta speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>L'ascolto</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>La lettura</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizzazione</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditazione</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Studio tematico</title> +<para>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studio di una personaggio</title> +<para>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Esposizione</title> +<para>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenuto</title> +<para>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non ďż˝detto.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contesto</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referenze</title> +<para>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +parola di Dio non ďż˝contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra +interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Trovare un particolare versetto</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finchďż˝trovi il tuo versetto.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fare uno studio tematico </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Trovare i significati dei nomi</title> +<para>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.</para> +<para>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Joshua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabus</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f94c0a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>L'importanza della parola di Dio</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro eccezionale</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Opera</entry> +<entry>Epoca di scrittura</entry> +<entry>Copia piĂą antica</entry> +<entry>Differnza di tempo</entry><entry>Numero delle copie</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Erodoto</entry> +<entry>448-428 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1300 anni</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacito</entry> +<entry>100 D.C.</entry><entry>1100 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1000 anni</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare</entry> +<entry>50-58 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>950 anni</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio</entry> +<entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>900 anni</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nuovo testamento</entry> +<entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C. manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. manoscritti integrali</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anni</entry><entry>5.00 greci & 10.000 latini +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del nuovo +testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa +dell'AnitichitĂ ." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<emphasis>Tutta la scrittura infatti è ispirata da +Dio.</emphasis>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la +posizione di GesĂą verso le Scritture. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<emphasis>è utile per insegnare, convincere, correggere +e formare alla giustizia, perchè l'uomo di Dio sia completo e ben preparato +per ogni opera buona.</emphasis>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia è veramente +Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarĂ la nostra guida in +tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro che funziona</title> +<para> +Quale sarĂ l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la +bibbia "<emphasis>opera in voi che credete.</emphasis>" Accanto ad ogni +scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Riferimento</entry> +<entry>Effetto</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef 5,26 +</entry> +<entry>purifica -- "... purificandola per mezzo dell'acqua e della parola." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +At 20,32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rm 15,4 +</entry> +<entry> +consola -- "perchĂ© in virtĂą della perseveranza e della consolazione che ci +vengono dalle Scritture teniamo viva la nostra speranza." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rm 10,17 +</entry> +<entry> +da fede -- "La fede dipende dunque dalla predicazione e la predicazione a +sua volta si attua per la parola di Cristo." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Cor 10,11 +</entry> +<entry> +ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accadero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per ammonimento nostro" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt 4,4 +</entry> +<entry> +nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non solo di pane vivrĂ l'uomo ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare +della veritĂ della parola di Dio.</para> + +<para>La parola greca per "vento" usato in Ef 4,14 parla di un <emphasis>vento +violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Questo affinchĂ© non siamo piĂą come fanciulli +sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e lĂ da qualsiasi vento di dottrina +...</emphasis>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che +saremo radicati nella veritĂ col risultato che non saremo facilmente +"soffiati via."</para> + +<para><emphasis>E GesĂą rispose loro: </emphasis>"<emphasis>Voi vi ingannate, non +conoscendo nĂ© le Scritture, nĂ© la potenza di Dio.</emphasis>"Mt 22,29</para> +<para>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dall'errore?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>La parola di Dio</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>La forza di Dio </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title> +<para> +Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Armamento spirituale</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Domanda</entry> +<entry>Risposta</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Quante sono offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Quale? </entry><entry>La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Esortazioni</title> +<para> +2 Tm 2,15 <emphasis><quote>Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della veritĂ .</quote></emphasis> +</para> +<para> +Col 3,16 <emphasis><quote>La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a +Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici +spirituali.</quote></emphasis> +</para> + +<para>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </para> +<para> +Non poco!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote></title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a184bbe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Referenze</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esempio 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a +Giacomo 5:14 "<emphasis>Qualcuno di voi è infermo? Chiami gli anziani, della +chiesa, ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo di olio nel nome del +Signore.</emphasis>" Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esempio 2A</title> +<para>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<emphasis>nato d'acqua +e di Spirito.</emphasis>" Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esempio 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esempio 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esempio 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esempio 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esempio 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esempio 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esempio 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esempio 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d2e2b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstract</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65f27ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..735e5c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b07093 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra +interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2dd80f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc45fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc6828b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Non c'�merito n�profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se +ci porta a Ges Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo +avere una forta speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bdce85 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Tutta la scrittura infatti č ispirata da +Dio.</em></span>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la +posizione di Gesů verso le Scritture. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<span class="emphasis"><em>č utile per insegnare, convincere, correggere +e formare alla giustizia, perchč l'uomo di Dio sia completo e ben preparato +per ogni opera buona.</em></span>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia č veramente +Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarŕ la nostra guida in +tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..820d273 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della veritŕ.</span>”</em></span> +</p><p> +Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a +Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici +spirituali.</span>”</em></span> +</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p> +Non poco!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46399e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Vediamo che questa č una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare +della veritŕ della parola di Dio.</p><p>La parola greca per "vento" usato in Ef 4,14 parla di un <span class="emphasis"><em>vento +violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Questo affinché non siamo piů come fanciulli +sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e lŕ da qualsiasi vento di dottrina +...</em></span>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che +saremo radicati nella veritŕ col risultato che non saremo facilmente +"soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesů rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Voi vi ingannate, non +conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c65867 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: “<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>”</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0e81b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</p></li><li><p>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li><p>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</p></li><li><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd236e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef 6,10-18 č un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89c7b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> +Quale sarŕ l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la +bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi che credete.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni +scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 +</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola per mezzo dell'acqua e della parola." +</td></tr><tr><td> +At 20,32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 15,4 +</td><td> +consola -- "perché in virtů della perseveranza e della consolazione che ci +vengono dalle Scritture teniamo viva la nostra speranza." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 10,17 +</td><td> +da fede -- "La fede dipende dunque dalla predicazione e la predicazione a +sua volta si attua per la parola di Cristo." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor 10,11 +</td><td> +ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose perň accadero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per ammonimento nostro" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt 4,4 +</td><td> +nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non solo di pane vivrŕ l'uomo ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f325dc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Opera</th><th>Epoca di scrittura</th><th>Copia piů antica</th><th>Differnza di tempo</th><th>Numero delle copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5.00 greci & 10.000 latini +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del nuovo +testamento č unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa +dell'Anitichitŕ." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0eb100b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua +e di Spirito.</em></span>" Nel contesto, qual č l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb81e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d48334 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da96a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola č un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ef54c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Ora applichiamo ciň che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a +Giacomo 5:14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Qualcuno di voi č infermo? Chiami gli anziani, della +chiesa, ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo di olio nel nome del +Signore.</em></span>" Qui "ungere" č spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2aa4af0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4eae92b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>성경 ęłµë¶€ěť ę¸°ě´ë“¤</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>ě„±ę˛˝ě— ě ‘ę·Ľí•ëŠ” ěš°ë¦¬ěť ëŞ©ě </title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>성경을 단지 읽기 ěś„í•´ 읽는다면 아무 ěś ěťµěť´ë‚ ěť´ë“ťěť´ 없다, ě¤ě§ 우리를 ěě 그리스도ě—게 알리는 데ě—만 소용이 ěžë‹¤. 성경을 읽을 ë•Śě— +필요한 ę˛ěť€ ě¤ě§ ë§ě”€ěť„ 통해 그리스도를 만ë‚ęł ěž í•ëŠ” ę°„ě í•ś 소망ëżěť´ë‹¤.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>í•ë‚ë‹ěť ë§ě”€ěśĽëˇśěť ě ‘ę·Ľ</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>들음(Hear)</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>읽음(Read)</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>공부</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>암송(Memorize)</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>묵ě(Meditate)</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>ě„±ę˛˝ęłµë¶€ěť ěś í•ë“¤</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>ěŁĽě śëł„ 성경공부</title> +<para>íŠąě • ěŁĽě ś(Topic)를 ě •í•śë’¤, 겹참조와 ě‰ěť¸ěť„ 참조í•ě—¬ ěŁĽě śě— ë§žę˛Ś 공부한다.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>인물별 성경공부</title> +<para>ě„±ę˛˝ěť í•ś ěť¸ë¬Ľěť ě‚¶ěť„ 공부한다, ě. ě°˝ 37-50장ě—ě„śěť ěš”ě…‰ěť ě‚¶.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>설명ě 인(Expository) 성경공부</title> +<para>íŠąě • 구ě , 문단, 장 íąěť€ ě±…ěť„ ě„ íťí•ě—¬ 공부한다.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>바른 í•´ě„ťěť ę¸°ëł¸</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>ë‚´ěš©(Content)</title> +<para>ë§í•ęł ěžëŠ”바가 무엇인가? ě›ě–´ě—서는 어떻게 ë§í•ęł ěžëŠ”ę°€? ě •ěťě— 주ěťí•ëťĽ. ę·¸ę˛ěť´ ë§í•ęł ěžě§€ 않은바대로 í•´ě„ťí•ě§€ë§ëťĽ.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>문맥(Context)</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> +<para>ě„±ę˛˝ěť ë‹¤ëĄ¸ 부분ě—서는 ěť´ ěŁĽě śě— ę´€í•ě—¬ 어떻게 ë§í•ęł ěžëŠ”ę°€? í•ë‚ë‹ěť€ 스스로 모ěśë지 ě•ŠěśĽě‹ ë¶„ěž…ë‹ë‹¤. ę·¸ëžě„ś ěš°ë¦¬ěť í•´ě„ťěť€ 다른 +ë§ě”€ě— 비춰ë´ě„śëŹ„ 바로 설 ě ěžě–´ě•Ľ í•©ë‹ë‹¤.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>ë§íśëłµěťŚ 6:1-18ěť„ 본문으로 설명ě 인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>ěš°ë¦¬ěť ěťëĄĽ 연습í•ëŠ” ěžëŞ»ëś ë°©ë˛•ë“¤ěť„ í”Ľí• ě ěžëŠ” 방법들로 ě•„ě›ëťĽěť¸ěť„ 채우ě‹ě‹śě¤:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>워í¬ě‹śíŠ¸(Worksheet): ě‰ěť¸(Concordance)ěť„ 사용í•ëŠ” 법</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>íŠąě • 구ě 찾기</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>ë¬¸ěžĄěť í•µě‹¬ ë‹¨ě–´ë‚ ę°€ěžĄ 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ę°€ë‚다(알파벳) ěśěśĽëˇś ě •ë¦¬í•śë‹¤.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>필요한 구ě ěť„ 찾을때까지 리스트를 ë”°ëťĽë‚´ë ¤ę°€ëł¸ë‹¤.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>ěŁĽě śëł„ 성경공부 í•ę¸° </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>헬라어와 ížë¸Śë¦¬ě–´ ě›ë¬¸ěť 단어 ěťëŻ¸ëĄĽ ě°ľě•„ëł´ě•„ ěťëŻ¸ëĄĽ ëŞ…í™•íž í•ę¸°</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ęł ě „ 2:15로 가보ěž. ë˛í¸ëŠ” 350이다.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>ěť´ë¦„ěť ěťëŻ¸ë“¤ěť„ 찾기</title> +<para>í—¬ëťĽě–´ë‚ ížë¸Śë¦¬ě–´ěť ěť´ë¦„ěť ěťëŻ¸ëĄĽ ě°ľě•ëŤ 방식과 같다. </para> +<para>ěť´ 이름들을 확인í•ęł ěťëŻ¸ë“¤ěť„ ě 어넣는다.</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>ë‚ë°ś(Nabal)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>아비가일(Abigail)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ě—¬í¸ěě•„(Joshua)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ë°”ë‚ë°”(Barnabus)</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92d83b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>í•ë‚ë‹ěť ë§ě”€ěť 중요성</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>특별한(Unique) ě±…</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>ě‹ ě•˝ě„±ę˛˝ 사본과 다른 ęł ëŚ€ 사본 í…ŤěŠ¤íŠ¸ë“¤ęłĽěť ëą„ęµ</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ěž‘í’</entry> +<entry>씌여진 시기</entry> +<entry>ěµśęł (古) 사본</entry> +<entry>ěµśęł (古)ě‚¬ëł¸ęłĽěť ě‹śę°„ě°¨</entry><entry>ě‚¬ëł¸ěť ě</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>헤로도í¬ěŠ¤(Herodotus)</entry> +<entry>448-428 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> +<entry>1300ë…„</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 A.D.</entry><entry>1100 A.D.</entry> +<entry>1000ë…„</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>ě‹śě €(Caesar)ěť <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> +<entry>950ë…„</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>리비우스(Livy)ěť <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> +<entry>900ë…„</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>ě‹ ě•˝</entry> +<entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry><entry>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. ě „ě˛´ 사본</entry> <entry>30 - 310ë…„</entry><entry>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어) +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"ę·¸ë°–ěť ë§Žěť€ 증거들이 ě‹ ě•˝ěť í…ŤěŠ¤íŠ¸ę°€ 다른 ęł ëŚ€ 산문들중ě—서도 ě 대ě ěť´ęł ě–´ë–¤ 사본도 ë˛”ě ‘í• ě 없는 특별한 경우라는 ę˛ěť„ 증명한다." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>í•ë‚ë‹ę»ě„ś ě‚´ě•„ ě¨ě‰¬ě‹śëŠ” ě±…</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>딤후 3:16ě—ě„ś ě„ íŹ¬í•ę¸¸, "<emphasis>ëŞ¨ë“ ě„±ę˛˝ěť€ í•ë‚ë‹ěť ę°ëŹ™ěśĽëˇś ëś ę˛ěśĽëˇś[lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" ěť´ę˛ěť„ ě •ë§ ëŻżěśĽě‹ë‹ęąŚ? 대답í•ę¸° ě „ě—, ë§ě”€ě— 대한 ěěë‹ěť íśëŹ„를 ěťę°í•´ëł´ě‹ě‹śě¤. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>존 R.W. ěŠ¤í† íŠ¸, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>계속해서 딤후 3:16ě—서는, "<emphasis>ëŞ¨ë“ ě„±ę˛˝ěť€ í•ë‚ë‹ěť ę°ëŹ™ěśĽëˇś ëś ę˛ěśĽëˇś ęµí›ęłĽ 책망과 바르게 함과 ěťëˇś ęµěśˇí•ę¸°ě— +ěś ěťµí•ë‹</emphasis>"ëťĽęł ë§ě”€í•ě€ë‹¤. 만일 우리가 성경이 ě •ë§ëˇś í•ë‚ë‹ę»ě„ś 우리ě—게 ë§ě”€í•ě‹śëŠ” ę˛ěť´ëťĽ 믿는다면, ë§ě”€ěť´ ěš°ë¦¬ěť +ëŞ¨ë“ ëŻżěťŚęłĽ í–‰ěś„ěť ę·Ľę±°ę°€ ë ę˛ěť´ë‹¤. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>ě—사í•ëŠ” ě±…</title> +<para> +성경을 공부í•ëŠ” ę˛ěť´ ě–´ë–¤ 도움이 ë는가? ě‚´ě „ 2:13ě—ě„ś ë§ě”€í•ę¸°ëĄĽ "<emphasis>ë§ě”€ěť´ ëí•ś ë„희 믿는 ěž ě†Ťě—ě„ś +ě—사í•ëŠë‹ëťĽ.</emphasis>" ę·¸ë°–ěť ë‹¤ëĄ¸ ë§ě”€ë“¤ëŹ„, ë§ě”€ěť´ ě—사í•ëŠ” ę˛ě— 관해 기록í•ęł ěžë‹¤. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>성경을 공부í•ëŠ” ę˛ěť´ 그리스도인들ě—게 ě–´ë–¤ 도움을 주는가?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>참조(Reference)</entry> +<entry>ě—사í•ëŠ” ę˛(Action)</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>ě—ˇ 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>ě •ę˛°ěĽ€í•śë‹¤(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 ë§ě”€ěśĽëˇś 깨ë—í•ę˛Ś í•ě‚¬..." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +í–‰ 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +롬 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +ę˛©ë ¤í•śë‹¤ -- "ë¬´ě—‡ěť´ë“ ě§€ ě „ě— ę¸°ëˇťí•ś 바는 ěš°ë¦¬ěť ęµí›ěť„ ěś„í•ě—¬ ę¸°ëˇťëś ę˛ěť´ë‹ 우리로 í•ě—¬ę¸ 인내로 ë는 ě„±ę˛˝ěť ě•ěś„로 소망을 가지게 +함 ěť´ë‹ëťĽ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +롬 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음ě—ě„ś ë‚ë©° 들음은 ę·¸ë¦¬ěŠ¤ëŹ„ěť ë§ě”€ěśĽëˇś ë§ëŻ¸ě•”ě•ëŠë‹ëťĽ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +ęł ě „ 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +가르친다(instructs) -- "ě €íť¬ě—게 ë‹ąí•ś ěť´ëź° 일이 거울이 ëęł ëí•ś ë§ě„¸ëĄĽ 만난 ěš°ë¦¬ěť ę˛˝ęł„ëˇś 기록í•ě€ëŠë‹ëťĽ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +ë§ 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +ě–‘ě‹ť(nourishment) -- "ěěę»ě„ś 대답í•ě—¬ 가라사대 기록ëě—으ë '사람이 떡으로만 ě‚´ę˛ěť´ ě•„ë‹ěš” í•ë‚ë‹ěť 입으로 ë‚ě¤ëŠ” ëŞ¨ë“ +ë§ě”€ěśĽëˇś ě‚´ ę˛ěť´ëťĽ í•ě€ëŠë‹ëťĽ' í•ě‹śë‹." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>ěžěś 케í•ëŠ” ě±…</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>ěť´ę˛ěť€ 조건ě 인 약속임을 ě•Śě ěžë‹¤, íŠąëł„íž í•ë‹ë‹ěť ë§ě”€ěť„ 진리로 ë§í•¨ě— ěžě–´ě„śëŠ” 더욱 ę·¸ëź¬í• ę˛ěť´ë‹¤.</para> + +<para>ě—ˇ 4:14ě—ě„ś 쓰인"바람"ěť í—¬ëťĽě–´ě›ë¬¸ěť 뜻을 ě°ľě•„ëł´ë©´ <emphasis>ę°•ë ¬í•ś +바람</emphasis>이다. "<emphasis>결과ě 으로 우리는 더이ě ęµë¦¬ë“¤ěť ëŞ¨ë“ ë°”ëžŚě— ěť´ë¦¬ě €ë¦¬ëˇś 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 +ě•ëśë‹¤...</emphasis>"성경을 공부í•ë©´ 우리가 얻게 ë는 ěś ěťµě¤‘ 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "ë°”ëžŚě— íť”ë“¤ë¦¬ě§€" 않도록 ěš°ë¦¬ěť ëŻżěťŚěť„ +진리ě•ě— 굳건í•ę˛Ś 한다는 ę˛ěť´ë‹¤.</para> + +<para><emphasis>ěěę»ě„ś 대답í•ě—¬ 가라사대 </emphasis>"<emphasis>ë„희가 성경도 í•ë‚ë‹ěť ëŠĄë ĄëŹ„ 알지 못í•ëŠ”ęł ëˇś[KJV +Ye do err] ě¤í•´í•ě€ëŹ„다.</emphasis>"ë§ 22:29</para> +<para>ě¤ëĄëˇśë¶€í„° 벗어ë‚기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>í•ë‚ë‹ěť ë§ě”€</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>í•ë‚ë‹ěť ëŠĄë Ą </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>ěě ě „ěźěť„ í•ëŠ” ě±…</title> +<para> +ě—ˇ 6:10-18은 ěš°ë¦¬ěť ěě ë¬´ěžĄě— ę´€í•´ 보여준다.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>ěě 인 무기</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>물음</entry> +<entry>답</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>ë¦¬ěŠ¤íŠ¸ěť ë¬´ę¸° 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>ě–´ë–¤ ę˛ěť¸ę°€? </entry><entry>ë§ě”€ - <foreignphrase>ë ë§(rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title> +<para> +딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>네가 ě§„ë¦¬ěť ë§ě”€ěť„ ěłę˛Ś 분변í•ě—¬ 부ë„러울 ę˛ěť´ 없는 일군으로 ěť¸ě •ëś ěžëˇś ěžě‹ ěť„ í•ë‚ë‹ +ě•žě— ë“śë¦¬ę¸°ëĄĽ ížě“°ëťĽ.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +골 3:16 "<emphasis>ę·¸ë¦¬ěŠ¤ëŹ„ěť ë§ě”€ěť´ ë„희 ě†Ťě— í’Ťě„±íž ę±°í•ě—¬ ëŞ¨ë“ ě§€íśëˇś 피차 가르ěąë©° 권면í•ęł 시와 찬미와 ě‹ ë ąí•ś ë…¸ëžëĄĽ +부르며 ë§ěťŚě— ę°ě‚¬í•¨ěśĽëˇś í•ë‚ë‹ěť„ 찬양í•ęł .</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>네가 ě–´ë– í•ś ę˛ě— 풍성í•ë‹¤ë©´(골 3:16ěť í’Ťě„±í•ś), ę·¸ę˛ěť 양은 ě–Ľë§ěť¸ę°€? </para> +<para> +ě 지 않다!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>존 R. W. ěŠ¤í† íŠ¸, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>ěťĽë…„ě— ě‹ ě•˝ 일독í•ę¸°: 주 5일간 í•ëŁ¨ě— 한장씩 읽는다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>í•śë‹¬ě— ěž ě–¸ 일독í•ę¸°: 한달간 매일 ę·¸ë‚ ěť ë‚ ě§śě— í•´ë‹ąí•ëŠ” ěž ě–¸ 한장씩을 읽는다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>í•śë‹¬ě— ě‹śíŽ¸ 일독í•ę¸°: 20일ě—는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5ěžĄěť ě‹śíŽ¸ěť„ 읽는다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>6ę°śě›”ě— ě‹śíŽ¸ & ěž ě–¸ 일독í•ę¸°: 매일 시편과 ěž ě–¸ěť„ 한장씩 읽는다.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>2ë…„ě— ě‹śíŽ¸ęłĽ ěž ě–¸ěť„ ě śě™¸í•ś 구약 일독í•ę¸°: 구약을 í•ëŁ¨ě— 한장씩 읽는다면, 2ë…„í•ęł 2주동ě•ě— (시편과 ěž ě–¸ěť„ ě śě™¸í•ś) 구약을 í†µëŹ…í• +ě ěžë‹¤. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19e2a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>성경 í•´ě„ťěť ë˛•ěą™ (Hermeneutics)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>ę·śěą™ 1 - ë‹¨ě–´ěť ě •í™•í•ś ëś»ě— ěťę±°í•´ě„ś í•´ě„ťí•ëťĽ.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>ě 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>ę·śěą™ 2 - 성경ě 인 ë¬¸ë§Ąě— ěťę±°í•´ě„ś í•´ě„ťí•ëťĽ</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>ě 2A</title> +<para>In a previous lesson we considered ěš” 3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>ě 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>ě 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>ę·śěą™ 3 - ě—사와 문화ě 인 ë°°ę˛˝ěť ë¬¸ë§Ąě—ě„ś í•´ě„ťí•ëťĽ</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>ě 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>ě 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>ę·śěą™ 4 - 언어ě—ě„ś ë‹¨ě–´ěť ěťĽë°ě 인 ě‚¬ěš©ě— ë”°ëťĽ í•´ě„ťí•ëťĽ</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>ě 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>ě 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>ę·śěą™ 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>ě 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>ě 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3d302a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>바이블스터디 í•ěš°í¬</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>ę°śěš”</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2873e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..248b459 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c117887 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e12465c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f37589f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13b0499 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 +필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59b9fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로[lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" 이것을 정말 믿으십니까? 대답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 +유익하니</em></span>"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의 +모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12bd46d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> +딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 +앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>" +</p><p> +골 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를 +부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고.</em></span>" +</p><p>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가? </p><p> +적지 않다!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b08d433 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어서는 더욱 그러할 것이다.</p><p>엡 4:14에서 쓰인"바람"의 헬라어원문의 뜻을 찾아보면 <span class="emphasis"><em>강렬한 +바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 +안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 +진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV +Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7baf75 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R. W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7f9335 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +수 있다. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea4c891 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c669a9d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 +역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26 +</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +행 20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +롬 15:4 +</td><td> +격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 +함 이니라." +</td></tr><tr><td> +롬 10:17 +</td><td> +믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라." +</td></tr><tr><td> +고전 10:11 +</td><td> +가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라." +</td></tr><tr><td> +마 4:4 +</td><td> +양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 +말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..896d162 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>신약</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어) +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d1a20e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6cb78cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52dd294 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da6bf34 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..491ddc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ffd2d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25aef7f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons +bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een +sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Horen</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lezen</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Bestuderen</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memoriseren </title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Overdenken</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Onderwerp-studie</title> +<para>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterstudie</title> +<para>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</title> +<para>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhoud</title> +<para>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Context</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> +<para>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test +van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</title> +<para>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</para> +<para>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Jozua</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea87547 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Het belang van Gods Woord</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Een uniek boek</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Werk</entry> +<entry>Wanneer geschreven</entry> +<entry>Oudste kopie</entry> +<entry>Tijdsduur</entry><entry>Aantal exemplaren</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>1300 jaar</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 na Chr.</entry><entry>1100 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>1000 jaar</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>950 jaar</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy</entry> +<entry>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> +<entry>900 jaar</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nieuwe Testament</entry> +<entry>40 - 100 n. Chr.</entry><entry>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</entry> <entry>30 - 310 jaar</entry><entry>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle +andere antieke proza." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<emphasis>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., +die God ademde].</emphasis>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord +geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<emphasis>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te +weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens +Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</emphasis>" Als +wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt +daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en +gedrag. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title> +<para> +Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel +"<emphasis>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</emphasis>" Schrijf naast elk +schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Naslag</entry> +<entry>Actie</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Hand.20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rom.15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rom.10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Cor.10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matt.4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods +gaat." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over +de waarheid van Gods woord.</para> + +<para>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een +<emphasis>geweldige wind</emphasis> "<emphasis>Dan zijn wij niet langer +onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei +wind van leer...</emphasis>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat +het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet +zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</para> + +<para><emphasis>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</emphasis>" Matt.22:29</para> +<para>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Gods woord</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Gods kracht </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title> +<para> +Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Geestelijke wapenrusting</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Vraag</entry> +<entry>Antwoord</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Welke? </entry><entry>het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Vermaningen</title> +<para> +2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<emphasis>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te +stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid +recht snijdt.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in +alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en +geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </para> +<para> +Niet een beetje!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cfe83b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Voorbeeld 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze +woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <emphasis>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij +dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed +uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</emphasis> Is dat +zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Voorbeeld 2A </title> +<para>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"geboren ...uit water +en geest."</emphasis> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier +gaat?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Voorbeeld 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Voorbeeld 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Voorbeeld 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Voorbeeld 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Voorbeeld 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Voorbeeld 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Voorbeeld 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..086154b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Overzicht</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cbdbb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..413c75e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcd8fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test +van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e9deb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e86cc1f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2ff2bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons +bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een +sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb15be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., +die God ademde].</em></span>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord +geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<span class="emphasis"><em>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te +weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens +Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</em></span>" Als +wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt +daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en +gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad167d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te +stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid +recht snijdt.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in +alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en +geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</em></span>" +</p><p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </p><p> +Niet een beetje!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84459aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over +de waarheid van Gods woord.</p><p>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een +<span class="emphasis"><em>geweldige wind</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Dan zijn wij niet langer +onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei +wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat +het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet +zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07f60ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4bd6190 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</p></li><li><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9f9dac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77f6f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> +Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel +"<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk +schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Hand.20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom.15:4 +</td><td> +bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom.10:17 +</td><td> +geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Cor.10:11 +</td><td> +onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matt.4:4 +</td><td> +voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods +gaat." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f6377b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle +andere antieke proza." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17bb96b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water +en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier +gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac108c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16b75c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc45647 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..429c0cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze +woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij +dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed +uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</em></span> Is dat +zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..156e92e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b2ceef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases do Estudo BĂblico</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Nosso prĂłsito quando nos aproximamos da BĂblia</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>NĂŁo há nem mĂ©rito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a BĂblia Ă© lida, Ă© necessário +que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Ouvir</title> +<para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Ler</title> +<para>Ap 1.3 <quote>Bem-aventurado aquele que lĂŞ e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. </quote></para> +<para>1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te Ă leitura, Ă exortação, e ao ensino</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudo</title> +<para>At 17.11 <quote>Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de TessalĂ´nica, porque +receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tm 2.15 <quote>Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +que nĂŁo tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title> +<para>Sl 119.11 <quote>Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para nĂŁo pecar contra +ti.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title> +<para>Sl 1.2-3 <quote>Bem-aventurado o homem que nĂŁo anda segundo o conselho dos +Ămpios, nem se detĂ©m no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos +escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita +de dia e noite. </quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudo BĂblico</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudo de TĂłpicos</title> +<para>Escolha um certo tĂłpico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudo de Personagem</title> +<para>Estudando a vida de um personagem da BĂblia, ex: Vida de JosĂ© em Gn 37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudo Expositivo</title> +<para>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capĂtulo ou livro.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>ConteĂşdo</title> +<para>O que ele diz? O que diz na lĂngua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. NĂŁo leia o que nĂŁo Ă© dito.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title> +<para>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra Ă© "o contexto Ă© muito +importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a +passagem e livro.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencia Cruzada</title> +<para>O que outros versĂculos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da BĂblia? Deus +nĂŁo se contradiz, entĂ o nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de +outras escrituras.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? +<emphasis>Nossas motivações!</emphasis> Que tĂłpicos desenvolvem isso?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quando vocĂŞ oferta</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quando vocĂŞ jejua</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Quando vocĂŞ ora</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções especĂficas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Quando vocĂŞ oferta + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar um versĂculo particular</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versĂculo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem atĂ© vocĂŞ achar o seu versĂculo</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Encontre esses versĂculos: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A histĂłria do rico e de Lázaro</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fazer um Estudo de TĂłpicos </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</title> +<para>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +entre Mt 7.1 <quote>NĂŁo julgueis para que nĂŁo sejais julgados</quote> e 1 Co +2.15 <quote>PorĂ©m o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</quote>. Talvez +sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como +"julgar" em portuguĂŞs. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir +daqui). </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Procure "julgar" </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado"</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca atĂ© a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Encontre o significado dos nomes</title> +<para>Pelo mesmo processo nĂłs podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</para> +<para>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>JosuĂ©</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>BarnabĂ©</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ea56b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Um Livro que Ă© Ăšnico</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Texto</entry> +<entry>Quando foi Escrito</entry> +<entry>CĂłpia mais recente</entry> +<entry>Diferença de Tempo</entry><entry>NĂşmero de CĂłpias</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1300 anos</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 D.C.</entry><entry>1100 D.C.</entry> +<entry>1000 anos</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>950 anos</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livy's <emphasis>HistĂłria Romana</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> +<entry>900 anos</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Novo Testamento</entry> +<entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry><entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidĂŞncias e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura Ă© divinamente +inspirada</emphasis>". VocĂŞ acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a +atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</emphasis>". Se nĂłs +aceitamos que a BĂblia realmente Ă© Deus falando conosco, consequentemente +ela será nossa autoridade em toda questĂŁo de fĂ© e conduta. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title> +<para> +O que o Estudo BĂblico pode fazer por vocĂŞ? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a BĂblia +"<emphasis>opera em vĂłs que credes</emphasis>". Do lado de cada escritura, +escreva o que a Palavra faz: +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>O que o Estudo BĂblico faz para os cristĂŁos?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ReferĂŞncia</entry> +<entry>Ação</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef 5.25 +</entry> +<entry>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra" +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +At 20.32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rm 15.4 +</entry> +<entry> +Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rm 10.17 +</entry> +<entry> +Dá fĂ© -- "Logo a fĂ© Ă© pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Co 10.11 +</entry> +<entry> +Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mt 4.4 +</entry> +<entry> +Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem sĂł de pĂŁo viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>NĂłs vemos que isso Ă© uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para> + +<para>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em EfĂ©sios 4,14 significa um +<emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. "<emphasis> para que nĂŁo mais sejamos +meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de +doutrina...</emphasis>". Uma coisa que estudar a BĂblia faz por nĂłs Ă© nos +firmar na verdade, que nĂŁo nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </para> + +<para><emphasis>"Jesus, porĂ©m, lhes respondeu: Errais, nĂŁo compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</emphasis> Mt 22.29</para> +<para>Quais as duas coisas que nĂłs precisamos para escapar do erro?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Palavra de Deus</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Poder de Deus </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title> +<para> +Ef. 6.10-18 Ă© uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Armadura Espiritual</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Pergunta</entry> +<entry>Resposta</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Quantas das armas listas sĂŁo para defesa?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Quantas sĂŁo para atacar?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Qual? </entry><entry>a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exortações</title> +<para> +2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +nĂŁo tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" +</para> +<para> +Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vĂłs ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; +ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos +espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidĂŁo em vossos corações" +</para> + +<para>Se vocĂŞ Ă© rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso vocĂŞ tem? </para> +<para> +NĂŁo sĂł um pouquinho!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BĂblica</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capĂtulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ProvĂ©rbios em um MĂŞs: leia um capĂtulo de ProvĂ©rbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mĂŞs.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmos em um mĂŞs: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigĂ©simo. dia vocĂŞ lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmos e ProvĂ©rbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e ProvĂ©rbios, um capĂtulo por +dia.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e ProvĂ©rbios em 2 anos: se vocĂŞ ler um capĂtulo +por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e ProvĂ©rbios, vocĂŞ lerá o +Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b9648e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação BĂblica (Hermeneutica)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definição</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Referencia Cruzada</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemplo 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemplo 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porĂ©m, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demĂ´nios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com Ăłleo, e +os curavam</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pĂ©s e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jo 12.3 EntĂŁo Maria, [...] ungiu os pĂ©s de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lc 4.18 <quote> O EspĂrito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o EspĂrito Santo e com poder</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, Ă© +Deus</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>EntĂŁo qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as +definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" Ă© o uso prático +de Ăłleo e "Chrio" Ă© o uso espiritual</emphasis>.</para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nĂłs acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +<emphasis>"Está doente algum de vĂłs? Chame os anciĂŁos da igreja, e estes +orem sobre ele, ungido-o com Ăłleo em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa unção +Ă© espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bĂblico</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemplo 2A</title> +<para>Em uma lição passada, nĂłs consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do +EspĂrito"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual Ă© a água em questĂŁo aqui?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemplo 2B</title> +<para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser +considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou +profetiza....</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemplo 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histĂłrico e cultural</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemplo 4A</title> +<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemplo 4B</title> +<para>Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mĂŁo do Senhor nĂŁo está encolhida</quote></para> +<para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno Ă© a tua habitação, e por baixo estĂŁo os braços +eternos</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propĂłsito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</title> +<para>Uma alegoria Ă©: <emphasis>uma histĂłria onde cada elemento tem um +significado</emphasis></para> +<para>Toda parábola Ă© uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemplo 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viĂşvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemplo 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48ef931 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Estudo BĂblico HowTo</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Resumo</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6afa260 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lę e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</p><p>1 Tm 4.13 “<span class="quote">aplica-te ŕ leitura, ŕ exortaçăo, e ao ensino</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>” +</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 “<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +que năo tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coraçăo, para năo pecar contra +ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que năo anda segundo o conselho dos +ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos +escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita +de dia e noite. </span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef8ef03 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que “<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>” significa? A passagem dá +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivaçőes!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando vocę oferta</p></li><li><p>Quando vocę jejua</p></li><li><p>Quando vocę ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruçőes específicas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas açőes:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando vocę oferta + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1dfe0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definiçőes. Năo leia o que năo é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito +importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a +passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +năo se contradiz, entŕo nossa interpretaçăo precisa passar pelo teste de +outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a72aa48 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49a6b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até vocę achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradiçăo na Ediçăo Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +entre Mt 7.1 “<span class="quote">Năo julgueis para que năo sejais julgados</span>” e 1 Co +2.15 “<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”. Talvez +sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como +"julgar" em portuguęs. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir +daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Procure "julgar" </p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Agora procure "julgado"</p></li><li><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1c27c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Năo há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário +que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efc7c2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente +inspirada</em></span>". Vocę acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a +atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós +aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente +ela será nossa autoridade em toda questăo de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78c540b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortaçőes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortaçőes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortaçőes</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +năo tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" +</p><p> +Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; +ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos +espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidăo em vossos coraçőes" +</p><p>Se vocę é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso vocę tem? </p><p> +Năo só um pouquinho!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42c3107 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +verdade da Palavra de Deus.</p><p>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um +<span class="emphasis"><em>vento violento</em></span>. "<span class="emphasis"><em> para que năo mais sejamos +meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de +doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos +firmar na verdade, que năo nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, năo compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28ba8ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortaçőes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortaçőes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfa08d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li><p>Provérbios em um Męs: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do męs.</p></li><li><p>Salmos em um męs: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia vocę lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por +dia.</p></li><li><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se vocę ler um capítulo +por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, vocę lerá o +Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f42ba6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortaçőes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas săo para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas săo para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortaçőes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d9e4fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> +O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por vocę? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia +"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura, +escreva o que a Palavra faz: +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referęncia</th><th>Açăo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25 +</td><td>santificaçăo -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra" +</td></tr><tr><td> +At 20.32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 15.4 +</td><td> +Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolaçăo provenientes das +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rm 10.17 +</td><td> +Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Co 10.11 +</td><td> +Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mt 4.4 +</td><td> +Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de păo viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fc7c21 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortaçőes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span></td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidęncias e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posiçăo dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..288e8a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma liçăo passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do +Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questăo aqui?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser +considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou +profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aad3ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a289f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a măo do Senhor năo está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitaçăo, e por baixo estăo os braços +eternos</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c477c28 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um +significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, oraçőes incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f33c5cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definiçăo. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</p></li><li><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam</p></li><li><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li><p>Jo 12.3 Entăo Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lc 4.18 “<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Entăo qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as +definiçőes e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Aleipho" é o uso prático +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciăos da igreja, e estes +orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa unçăo +é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4a6f3b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortaçőes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretaçăo Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretaçăo Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaçăo dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristăos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd1af90 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>ĐžŃновы изŃчения Библии</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Цель, Ń ĐşĐľŃ‚ĐľŃ€ĐľĐą ĐĽŃ‹ приŃŃ‚Ńпаем Đş изŃчению Библии </title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>Джон Đ . Đ’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриŃŃ‚ĐľŃ - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ŃŃ‚Ń€.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Нет ни Đ·Đ°ŃĐ»Ńги, ни пользы в чтении ПиŃания ради Ńамого чтения, Đ° только в +том ŃĐ»Ńчае, еŃли ŃŤŃ‚Đľ дейŃтвительно Ńближает Đ˝Đ°Ń Ń ĐиŃŃŃом ХриŃтом. Đ’Ńякий +раз при чтении Библии, необходимо ŃŃердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение +вŃтретитьŃŃŹ ŃĐľ ХриŃтом.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Приближение Đş ĐˇĐ»ĐľĐ˛Ń Đ‘ĐľĐ¶ŃŚĐµĐĽŃ</title> +<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>СлыŃĐ°Ń‚ŃŚ</title> +<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Читать</title> +<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>ĐĐ·Ńчать</title> +<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Запоминать</title> +<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Đ Đ°Đ·ĐĽŃ‹Ńлять</title> +<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Типы изŃчения Библии</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>ТематичеŃкое изŃчение</title> +<para>Выберите определённŃŃŽ Ń‚ĐµĐĽŃ Đ¸ иŃŃледŃйте её, иŃпользŃŃŹ перекрёŃтные ŃŃылки +или Ńимфонию.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>ĐĐ·Ńчение дейŃтвŃющих лиц</title> +<para>ĐĐ·Ńчение жизни библейŃких перŃонажей, например жизнь ĐĐľŃифа в Đ‘Ń‹Ń‚.37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>ĐĐşŃпозиционное изŃчение</title> +<para>ĐĐ·Ńчение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>ĐžŃновы правильного иŃтолкования</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Содержание</title> +<para>Что ŃŤŃ‚Đľ значит? Что ŃŤŃ‚Đľ значит на языке оригинала? Đ‘Ńдьте ĐľŃторожны ŃĐľ +значениями Ńлов. Не ищите в них того, Đľ чём они не говорят.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>КонтекŃŃ‚</title> +<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>ПерекрёŃтные ŃŃылки</title> +<para>Что говорят об этой теме Đ´Ń€Ńгие Ńтихи во вŃей Библии? Бог не противоречит +Себе, ĐżĐľŃŤŃ‚ĐľĐĽŃ Đ˝Đ°Ńе иŃтолкование должно выдержать ĐżŃ€ĐľĐ˛ĐµŃ€ĐşŃ Đ´Ń€Ńгих меŃŃ‚ +ПиŃания. </para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>ĐĐşŃпозиционное изŃчение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Теперь заполните конŃпект ĐľŃобыми инŃŃ‚Ń€Ńкциями Đľ том, как избежать неверных +ĐżŃтей проявления Ńвоей праведноŃти:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Рабочий лиŃŃ‚: Как пользоватьŃŃŹ Ńимфонией</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Чтобы найти определённый Ńтих </title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Выберите ключевое Ńлово или наиболее редкое Ńлово в Ńтихе.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Найдите ŃŤŃ‚Đľ Ńлово по алфавитŃ.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ПроŃмотрите ĐşĐľĐ»ĐľĐ˝ĐşŃ ŃпиŃка и найдите Đ˝Ńжный вам Ńтих.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find these verses: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Чтобы Ńделать тематичеŃкое иŃŃледование </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Чтобы выяŃнить значение Ńлова в гречеŃком или еврейŃком языке</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Чтобы найти значения имён</title> +<para>Таким же образом ĐĽŃ‹ можем найти значение имени в гречеŃком или еврейŃком +языке.</para> +<para>Найдите эти имена и запиŃите их значения:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Навал (Nabal)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Đвигея (Abigail)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ĐиŃŃŃ ĐťĐ°Đ˛Đ¸Đ˝ (Joshua)</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Варнава (Barnabus)</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98ea05c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>ВажноŃŃ‚ŃŚ Слова Божьего</title> +<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Уникальная Книга</title> +<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Сравнение новозаветних ПиŃаний Ń Đ´Ń€Ńгими древними текŃтами.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ТрŃĐ´</entry> +<entry>Когда напиŃаны</entry> +<entry>Самые ранние копии</entry> +<entry>ПромежŃток времени</entry><entry>ЧиŃло копий</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Геродот</entry> +<entry>448-428 Đł.Đł. Đ´Đľ Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry><entry>900 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry> +<entry>1300 лет</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Тацит</entry> +<entry>100 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry><entry>1100 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry> +<entry>1000 лет</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Цезарь <emphasis>"ГалльŃкие войны"</emphasis></entry> +<entry>50-58 Đł. Đ´Đľ Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry><entry>900 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry> +<entry>950 лет</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Ливий <emphasis>"РимŃкая иŃтория"</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 Đł. Đ´Đľ Đ˝.ŃŤ. - 17 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry><entry>900 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry> +<entry>900 лет</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Новый Завет</entry> +<entry>40 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ. - 100 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ.</entry><entry>130 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ. ЧаŃтичные ПиŃания 350 Đł. Đ˝.ŃŤ. Полные ПиŃания</entry> <entry>30 - 310 лет</entry><entry>5000 ГречеŃких и 10000 ЛатинŃких +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"По иŃтинноŃти и полноте доказательŃтв текŃŃ‚ Нового Завета ĐľŃŃ‚Đ°Ń‘Ń‚ŃŃŹ +абŃолютно и неоŃпоримо иŃключительным Ńреди Đ´Ń€Ńгих Ńтаринных прозаичных +Ń€ŃкопиŃей." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Тим.3:16 провозглаŃает: "<emphasis>Đ’Ńе ПиŃание богодŃхновенно +[Ń‚.е. вдохновлено Богом].</emphasis>" Верите ли вы этомŃ? Прежде чем +ответить, обратите внимание на отноŃение ĐиŃŃŃĐ° Đş ПиŃанию. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Джон Đ . Đ’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриŃŃ‚ĐľŃ - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ŃŃ‚Ń€.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<emphasis>и полезно для наŃчения, для обличения, для +иŃправления, для наŃтавления в праведноŃти, Đ´Đ° бŃдет ŃоверŃен Божий человек, +ко вŃŃŹĐşĐľĐĽŃ Đ´ĐľĐ±Ń€ĐľĐĽŃ Đ´ĐµĐ»Ń ĐżŃ€Đ¸ĐłĐľŃ‚ĐľĐ˛Đ»ĐµĐ˝.</emphasis>" Đ•Ńли ĐĽŃ‹ принимаем Ń‚Đľ, что +Библия - ŃŤŃ‚Đľ дейŃтвительно Ń‚Đľ, что Бог говорит нам, Ń‚Đľ, Ńледовательно, она +бŃдет наŃим авторитетом во вŃех вопроŃĐ°Ń… веры и поведения. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>ДейŃтвенная Книга</title> +<para> +Что вам Đ´Đ°ŃŃ‚ изŃчение Библии? Đ’ 1 ФеŃ. 2:13 говоритŃŃŹ, что Библия +"<emphasis>дейŃтвŃет в ваŃ, верŃющих.</emphasis>" Рядом Ń ĐşĐ°Đ¶Đ´Ń‹ĐĽ отрывком, +запиŃите дейŃтвие, которое производит Слово. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Что Đ´Đ°Ń‘Ń‚ изŃчение Библии хриŃтианам?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>СŃылка</entry> +<entry>ДейŃтвие</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Đ•Ń„.5:26 +</entry> +<entry>очищает -- "...чтобы ĐľŃвятить ее, очиŃтив банею водною поŃредŃтвом Ńлова;" +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Деян.20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Рим.15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +ŃтеŃает -- "чтобы ĐĽŃ‹ терпением и ŃтеŃением из ПиŃаний Ńохраняли надеждŃ." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Рим.10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +Đ´Đ°Ń‘Ń‚ Đ˛ĐµŃ€Ń -- "ĐŃ‚Đ°Đş вера от ŃлыŃания, Đ° ŃлыŃание от Ńлова Божия." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Кор.10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +наŃтавляет -- "Đ’Ńе ŃŤŃ‚Đľ проиŃходило Ń Đ˝Đ¸ĐĽĐ¸, как образы; Đ° опиŃано в +наŃтавление нам, Đ´ĐľŃтигŃим поŃледних веков." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Мтф.4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +питает -- "Он же Ńказал ĐµĐĽŃ Đ˛ ответ: напиŃано: не хлебом одним бŃдет жить +человек, но вŃяким Ńловом, иŃходящим из ŃŃŃ‚ Божиих." +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, которая ĐľŃвобождает</title> +<para> +Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +<para>Как видим, ŃŤŃ‚Đľ обещание Ń ŃŃловием, говорящее конкретно об иŃтине Божьего +Слова.</para> + +<para>ГречеŃкое Ńлово "ветер", иŃпользованное в Đ•Ń„.4:14 означает <emphasis>Ńильный +ветер.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Дабы ĐĽŃ‹ не были более младенцами, колеблющимиŃŃŹ +и ŃвлекающимиŃŃŹ вŃяким ветром Ńчения...</emphasis>" ĐĐ·Ńчение Библии Đ´Đ°Ń‘Ń‚ нам +ŃкоренитьŃŃŹ в иŃтине, и как резŃльтат --- Đ˝Đ°Ń Đ±Ńдет не проŃŃ‚Đľ "ŃĐ´ŃŃ‚ŃŚ". </para> + +<para><emphasis>ĐиŃŃŃ Ńказал им в ответ: </emphasis>"<emphasis>заблŃждаетеŃŃŚ, не +зная ПиŃаний, ни Ńилы Божией</emphasis>" Мтф.22:29.</para> +<para>Какие 2 вещи ĐĽŃ‹ должны знать, чтобы избежать заблŃждений?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Божье Слово</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Божья Сила </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title> +<para> +Đ’ Đ•Ń„.6:10-18 еŃŃ‚ŃŚ опиŃание наŃего Đ´Ńховного орŃжия.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Đ”Ńховное орŃжие</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>ВопроŃ</entry> +<entry>Ответ</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Сколько из перечиŃленного орŃжия иŃпользŃетŃŃŹ для защиты?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Сколько для нападения?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> +<row><entry>Какое? </entry><entry>Ńлово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Увещевания</title> +<para> +2 Тим.2:15 "<emphasis>СтарайŃŃŹ предŃтавить Ńебя Đ‘ĐľĐłŃ Đ´ĐľŃтойным, делателем +неŃкоризненным, верно преподающим Ńлово иŃтины.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Кол.3:16 "<emphasis>Слово ХриŃтово Đ´Đ° вŃеляетŃŃŹ в Đ˛Đ°Ń ĐľĐ±Đ¸Đ»ŃŚĐ˝Đľ, ŃĐľ вŃякою +премŃдроŃŃ‚ŃŚŃŽ; наŃчайте и вразŃмляйте Đ´Ń€ŃĐł Đ´Ń€Ńга ĐżŃалмами, ŃлавоŃловием и +Đ´Ńховными пеŃнями, во благодати воŃпевая в Ńердцах ваŃих +Đ“ĐľŃподŃ.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Đ•Ńли вы чем-Ń‚Đľ богаты, Ń‚Đľ Ńколько Ń Đ˛Đ°Ń ŃŤŃ‚ĐľĐłĐľ? </para> +<para> +Ведь не чŃŃ‚ŃŚ-чŃŃ‚ŃŚ!</para> + +<para> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для вŃех"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>Джон Đ . Đ’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриŃŃ‚ĐľŃ - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ŃŃ‚Ń€.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Новый Завет Đ·Đ° год: читайте ĐľĐ´Đ˝Ń ĐłĐ»Đ°Đ˛Ń ĐşĐ°Đ¶Đ´Ń‹Đą день, 5 дней в неделю.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Притчи Đ·Đ° меŃяц: читайте ĐľĐ´Đ˝Ń ĐłĐ»Đ°Đ˛Ń ĐźŃ€Đ¸Ń‚Ń‡ каждый день, ŃоответŃтвенно чиŃĐ»Ń +меŃяца.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ĐźŃалмы Đ·Đ° меŃяц: читайте 5 ĐźŃалмов Ń Đ¸Đ˝Ń‚ĐµŃ€Đ˛Đ°Đ»ĐľĐĽ 30 каждый день, например +20-го чиŃла вы читаете ĐźŃ.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>ĐźŃалмы и Притчи Đ·Đ° 6 меŃяцев: читайте по ĐżĐľŃ€ŃŹĐ´ĐşŃ ĐźŃалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ветхий Завет без ĐźŃалмов и Притч Đ·Đ° 2 года: еŃли вы бŃдете читать ĐľĐ´Đ˝Ń ĐłĐ»Đ°Đ˛Ń +в день из Ветхого Завета, пропŃŃкая ĐźŃалмы и Притчи, Ń‚Đľ вы прочтёте Ветхий +Завет Đ·Đ° 2 года и 2 недели. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72eab2d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1 - ĐŃтолковывать в ŃоответŃтвии Ń Ń‚ĐľŃ‡Đ˝Ń‹ĐĽ значением Ńлов.</title> +<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>ПерекрёŃтные ŃŃылки</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1Đ</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Теперь давайте изŃчим Đакова 5:14, применяя Ń‚Đľ, что ĐĽŃ‹ Ńже Ńзнали об этом +Ńлове: <emphasis>"Болен ли кто из ваŃ, ĐżŃŃŃ‚ŃŚ призовет преŃвитеров Церкви, и +ĐżŃŃŃ‚ŃŚ помолятŃŃŹ над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Đ“ĐľŃподне."</emphasis> ĐŃ‚Đľ +"помазание" Đ´Ńховное или практичеŃкое? ПрактичеŃкое!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Правило 2 - ĐŃтолковывать в библейŃком контекŃте</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2Đ</title> +<para>Đ’ предыдŃщем Ńроке ĐĽŃ‹ раŃŃматривали ĐĐ˝.3:5 <emphasis>"рождённый от воды и +Đ”ŃŃ…Đ°".</emphasis> Đ’ контекŃте, что такое вода, Đľ которой говоритŃŃŹ здеŃŃŚ?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2Đ‘</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2Đ’</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Правило 3 - Толковать в иŃторичеŃком и ĐşŃльтŃрном контекŃте</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3Đ</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3Đ‘</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в ŃоответŃтвии Ń ĐľĐ±Ń‹Ń‡Đ˝Ń‹ĐĽ Ńпотреблением Ńлов в языке</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4Đ</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4Đ‘</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5 - ĐťŃжно понять цель притч и Ń€Đ°Đ·Đ˝Đ¸Ń†Ń ĐĽĐµĐ¶Đ´Ń ĐżŃ€Đ¸Ń‚Ń‡ĐµĐą и аллегорией</title> +<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +meaning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Каждая притча являетŃŃŹ аллегорией, верно или нет?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5Đ</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>Đ•Ń‘ значение подвергаетŃŃŹ различным иŃкажениям: Бог не желает защищать права +вдов, молитвы "Đ´ĐľŃаждают" Đ•ĐĽŃ, и Ń‚.Đ´.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5Đ‘</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70aa108 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Как изŃчать Библию</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Резюме</title> + + <para> + The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </para> + <para> + It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..941feab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>” +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. +Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read +the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they +become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df75629 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” +today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e9c921 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест +Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbd45fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92e1e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..433e5d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten +to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to +come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в +том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий +раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение +встретиться со Христом.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приближение к Слову Божьему</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..568a80b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Все Писание богодухновенно +[т.е. вдохновлено Богом].</em></span>" Верите ли вы этому? Прежде чем +ответить, обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>и полезно для научения, для обличения, для +исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек, +ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен.</em></span>" Если мы принимаем то, что +Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она +будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0eb81e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем +неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Кол.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Слово Христово да вселяется в вас обильно, со всякою +премудростью; научайте и вразумляйте друг друга псалмами, славословием и +духовными песнями, во благодати воспевая в сердцах ваших +Господу.</em></span>" +</p><p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого? </p><p> +Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p><p> +Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2509dfa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a +conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of +knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in +v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of +Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего +Слова.</p><p>Греческое слово "ветер", использованное в Еф.4:14 означает <span class="emphasis"><em>сильный +ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися +и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам +укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не +зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1870a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..784e31a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +месяца.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например +20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</p></li><li><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу +в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd870bc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> +В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56f61ab --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> +Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия +"<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком, +запишите действие, которое производит Слово. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26 +</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Деян.20:32 +</td><td> +builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Рим.15:4 +</td><td> +утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Рим.10:17 +</td><td> +даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Кор.10:11 +</td><td> +наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в +наставление нам, достигшим последних веков." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Мтф.4:4 +</td><td> +питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить +человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих." +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9d50ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +</p></li><li><p> +authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +</p></li><li><p> +preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся +абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных +рукописей." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6608f92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и +Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..364489f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but +“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, +“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9a8134 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..575f143 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d8cc14 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом +слове: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и +пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне."</em></span> Это +"помазание" духовное или практическое? Практическое!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3776dc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> + This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible. + </p><p> + It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.am b/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 1a39c03..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update - - -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = how2-basics.docbook how2-importance.docbook how2-interpretation.docbook index.docbook - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-basics.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-importance.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-interpretation.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/index.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in b/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index b53537f..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,579 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.10.1 from Makefile.am. -# KDE tags expanded automatically by am_edit - $Revision: 1.31 $ -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, -# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -@SET_MAKE@ - -# this Makefile.am was automatically generated by bibletime/maintenance/gen_am.sh -# please do not edit this file but rather run the script to update -VPATH = @srcdir@ -pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ -pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ -am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd -install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 -install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c -install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c -INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) -transform = $(program_transform_name) -NORMAL_INSTALL = : -PRE_INSTALL = : -POST_INSTALL = : -NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : -PRE_UNINSTALL = : -POST_UNINSTALL = : -build_triplet = @build@ -host_triplet = @host@ -target_triplet = @target@ -subdir = docs/howto/unicode -DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 -am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \ - $(top_srcdir)/configure.in -am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ - $(ACLOCAL_M4) -mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/admin/mkinstalldirs -CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h -CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = -SOURCES = -DIST_SOURCES = -DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) -ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ -AMTAR = @AMTAR@ -AR = @AR@ -ARTSCCONFIG = @ARTSCCONFIG@ -AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ -AUTODIRS = @AUTODIRS@ -AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ -AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ -AWK = @AWK@ -BT_LDFLAGS = @BT_LDFLAGS@ -CC = @CC@ -CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -CLUCENE_INCLUDES = @CLUCENE_INCLUDES@ -CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH = @CLUCENE_LIBRARY_PATH@ -CONF_FILES = @CONF_FILES@ -CPP = @CPP@ -CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -CXX = @CXX@ -CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ -CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ -CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ -CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ -DCOPIDL = @DCOPIDL@ -DCOPIDL2CPP = @DCOPIDL2CPP@ -DCOPIDLNG = @DCOPIDLNG@ -DCOP_DEPENDENCIES = @DCOP_DEPENDENCIES@ -DEFS = @DEFS@ -DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ -DISTRIBUTION = @DISTRIBUTION@ -DISTRIBUTION_VERSION = @DISTRIBUTION_VERSION@ -ECHO = @ECHO@ -ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ -ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ -ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ -EGREP = @EGREP@ -ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG = @ENABLE_PERMISSIVE_FLAG@ -EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ -F77 = @F77@ -FFLAGS = @FFLAGS@ -FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO = @FRAMEWORK_COREAUDIO@ -GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ -GREP = @GREP@ -HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_GCC_VISIBILITY@ -HOWTODIR = @HOWTODIR@ -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ -INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ -KCFG_DEPENDENCIES = @KCFG_DEPENDENCIES@ -KCONFIG_COMPILER = @KCONFIG_COMPILER@ -KDECONFIG = @KDECONFIG@ -KDE_EXTRA_RPATH = @KDE_EXTRA_RPATH@ -KDE_INCLUDES = @KDE_INCLUDES@ -KDE_LDFLAGS = @KDE_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LDFLAGS = @KDE_MT_LDFLAGS@ -KDE_MT_LIBS = @KDE_MT_LIBS@ -KDE_NO_UNDEFINED = @KDE_NO_UNDEFINED@ -KDE_PLUGIN = @KDE_PLUGIN@ -KDE_RPATH = @KDE_RPATH@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE = @KDE_USE_CLOSURE_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE = @KDE_USE_FINAL_TRUE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_FALSE@ -KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE = @KDE_USE_NMCHECK_TRUE@ -KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET = @KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED = @LDFLAGS_AS_NEEDED@ -LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS = @LDFLAGS_NEW_DTAGS@ -LIBCOMPAT = @LIBCOMPAT@ -LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@ -LIBDL = @LIBDL@ -LIBJPEG = @LIBJPEG@ -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ -LIBPNG = @LIBPNG@ -LIBPTHREAD = @LIBPTHREAD@ -LIBRESOLV = @LIBRESOLV@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LIBSM = @LIBSM@ -LIBSOCKET = @LIBSOCKET@ -LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ -LIBUCB = @LIBUCB@ -LIBUTIL = @LIBUTIL@ -LIBZ = @LIBZ@ -LIB_CLUCENE = @LIB_CLUCENE@ -LIB_KAB = @LIB_KAB@ -LIB_KABC = @LIB_KABC@ -LIB_KDECORE = @LIB_KDECORE@ -LIB_KDEPIM = @LIB_KDEPIM@ -LIB_KDEPRINT = @LIB_KDEPRINT@ -LIB_KDEUI = @LIB_KDEUI@ -LIB_KDNSSD = @LIB_KDNSSD@ -LIB_KFILE = @LIB_KFILE@ -LIB_KFM = @LIB_KFM@ -LIB_KHTML = @LIB_KHTML@ -LIB_KIMPROXY = @LIB_KIMPROXY@ -LIB_KIO = @LIB_KIO@ -LIB_KJS = @LIB_KJS@ -LIB_KNEWSTUFF = @LIB_KNEWSTUFF@ -LIB_KPARTS = @LIB_KPARTS@ -LIB_KSPELL = @LIB_KSPELL@ -LIB_KSYCOCA = @LIB_KSYCOCA@ -LIB_KUTILS = @LIB_KUTILS@ -LIB_POLL = @LIB_POLL@ -LIB_QPE = @LIB_QPE@ -LIB_QT = @LIB_QT@ -LIB_SMB = @LIB_SMB@ -LIB_SWORD = @LIB_SWORD@ -LIB_X11 = @LIB_X11@ -LIB_XEXT = @LIB_XEXT@ -LIB_XRENDER = @LIB_XRENDER@ -LN_S = @LN_S@ -LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ -MAINT = @MAINT@ -MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ -MAKEKDEWIDGETS = @MAKEKDEWIDGETS@ -MCOPIDL = @MCOPIDL@ -MEINPROC = @MEINPROC@ -MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ -MOC = @MOC@ -MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ -NOOPT_CFLAGS = @NOOPT_CFLAGS@ -NOOPT_CXXFLAGS = @NOOPT_CXXFLAGS@ -OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ -PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ -PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ -PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ -PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ -PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ -PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ -PERL = @PERL@ -QTE_NORTTI = @QTE_NORTTI@ -QT_INCLUDES = @QT_INCLUDES@ -QT_LDFLAGS = @QT_LDFLAGS@ -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ -RPM_GROUP = @RPM_GROUP@ -RPM_PREFIX = @RPM_PREFIX@ -SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ -STRIP = @STRIP@ -SWORD_INCLUDES = @SWORD_INCLUDES@ -SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH = @SWORD_LIBRARY_PATH@ -TOPSUBDIRS = @TOPSUBDIRS@ -UIC = @UIC@ -UIC_TR = @UIC_TR@ -USER_INCLUDES = @USER_INCLUDES@ -USER_LDFLAGS = @USER_LDFLAGS@ -USE_EXCEPTIONS = @USE_EXCEPTIONS@ -USE_RTTI = @USE_RTTI@ -USE_THREADS = @USE_THREADS@ -VERSION = @VERSION@ -WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL = @WOVERLOADED_VIRTUAL@ -XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ -XMKMF = @XMKMF@ -XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@ -X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@ -X_INCLUDES = @X_INCLUDES@ -X_LDFLAGS = @X_LDFLAGS@ -X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@ -X_RPATH = @X_RPATH@ -abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ -abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ -abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ -abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ -ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ -ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ -ac_ct_F77 = @ac_ct_F77@ -all_includes = @all_includes@ -all_libraries = @all_libraries@ -am__include = @am__include@ -am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ -am__quote = @am__quote@ -am__tar = @am__tar@ -am__untar = @am__untar@ -bindir = @bindir@ -build = @build@ -build_alias = @build_alias@ -build_cpu = @build_cpu@ -build_os = @build_os@ -build_vendor = @build_vendor@ -builddir = @builddir@ -datadir = @datadir@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ -dvidir = @dvidir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -host = @host@ -host_alias = @host_alias@ -host_cpu = @host_cpu@ -host_os = @host_os@ -host_vendor = @host_vendor@ -htmldir = @htmldir@ -includedir = @includedir@ -infodir = @infodir@ -install_sh = @install_sh@ -kde_appsdir = @kde_appsdir@ -kde_bindir = @kde_bindir@ -kde_confdir = @kde_confdir@ -kde_datadir = @kde_datadir@ -kde_htmldir = @kde_htmldir@ -kde_icondir = @kde_icondir@ -kde_includes = @kde_includes@ -kde_kcfgdir = @kde_kcfgdir@ -kde_libraries = @kde_libraries@ -kde_libs_htmldir = @kde_libs_htmldir@ -kde_libs_prefix = @kde_libs_prefix@ -kde_locale = @kde_locale@ -kde_mimedir = @kde_mimedir@ -kde_moduledir = @kde_moduledir@ -kde_qtver = @kde_qtver@ -kde_servicesdir = @kde_servicesdir@ -kde_servicetypesdir = @kde_servicetypesdir@ -kde_sounddir = @kde_sounddir@ -kde_styledir = @kde_styledir@ -kde_templatesdir = @kde_templatesdir@ -kde_wallpaperdir = @kde_wallpaperdir@ -kde_widgetdir = @kde_widgetdir@ -kdeinitdir = @kdeinitdir@ -libdir = @libdir@ -libexecdir = @libexecdir@ -localedir = @localedir@ -localstatedir = @localstatedir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ -oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ -pdfdir = @pdfdir@ -prefix = @prefix@ -program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ -psdir = @psdir@ -qt_includes = @qt_includes@ -qt_libraries = @qt_libraries@ -sbindir = @sbindir@ -sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ -target = @target@ -target_alias = @target_alias@ -target_cpu = @target_cpu@ -target_os = @target_os@ -target_vendor = @target_vendor@ -top_builddir = @top_builddir@ -top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ -x_includes = @x_includes@ -x_libraries = @x_libraries@ -xdg_appsdir = @xdg_appsdir@ -xdg_directorydir = @xdg_directorydir@ -xdg_menudir = @xdg_menudir@ -KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist -EXTRA_DIST = how2-basics.docbook how2-importance.docbook how2-interpretation.docbook index.docbook -#>- all: all-am -#>+ 1 -all: docs-am all-am - -.SUFFIXES: -$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) -#>- @for dep in $?; do \ -#>- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ -#>- *$$dep*) \ -#>- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ -#>- && exit 0; \ -#>- exit 1;; \ -#>- esac; \ -#>- done; \ -#>- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile'; \ -#>- cd $(top_srcdir) && \ -#>- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile -#>+ 12 - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in -.PRECIOUS: Makefile -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status - @case '$?' in \ - *config.status*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ - *) \ - echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ - esac; - -$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh -$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh - -mostlyclean-libtool: - -rm -f *.lo - -clean-libtool: - -rm -rf .libs _libs -tags: TAGS -TAGS: - -ctags: CTAGS -CTAGS: - - -distdir: $(DISTFILES) - @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ - list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ - dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ - sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ - -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ - case $$dist_files in \ - */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ - sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ - sort -u` ;; \ - esac; \ - for file in $$dist_files; do \ - if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ - if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ - if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ - cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ - else \ - test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ - || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ - || exit 1; \ - fi; \ - done -check-am: all-am -check: check-am -all-am: Makefile -installdirs: -install: install-am -install-exec: install-exec-am -install-data: install-data-am -uninstall: uninstall-am - -install-am: all-am - @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am - -installcheck: installcheck-am -install-strip: - $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ - install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ - `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ - echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install -mostlyclean-generic: - -clean-generic: - -distclean-generic: - -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) - -maintainer-clean-generic: - @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" - @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -#>- clean: clean-am -#>+ 1 -clean: kde-rpo-clean clean-am - -#>- clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am -#>+ 1 -clean-am: clean-bcheck clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am - -distclean: distclean-am - -rm -f Makefile -distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic - -dvi: dvi-am - -dvi-am: - -html: html-am - -info: info-am - -info-am: - -install-data-am: install-data-local - -install-dvi: install-dvi-am - -install-exec-am: - -install-html: install-html-am - -install-info: install-info-am - -install-man: - -install-pdf: install-pdf-am - -install-ps: install-ps-am - -installcheck-am: - -maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am - -rm -f Makefile -maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic - -mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am - -mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool - -pdf: pdf-am - -pdf-am: - -ps: ps-am - -ps-am: - -uninstall-am: uninstall-local - -.MAKE: install-am install-strip - -.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \ - distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \ - dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ - install-data install-data-am install-data-local install-dvi \ - install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ - install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ - install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ - install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ - maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ - mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \ - uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-local - - -install-data-local: - mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/; - chmod -R a+r+X $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-basics.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-importance.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/how2-interpretation.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/index.docbook $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto; - chmod a+r $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; - -uninstall-local: - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-basics.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-importance.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/how2-interpretation.docbook; - rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(kde_htmldir)/en/bibletime/howto/index.docbook; -# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. -# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. -.NOEXPORT: - -#>+ 2 -docs-am: - -#>+ 15 -force-reedit: - @for dep in $?; do \ - case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ - *$$dep*) \ - cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ - && exit 0; \ - exit 1;; \ - esac; \ - done; \ - echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile'; \ - cd $(top_srcdir) && \ - $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/howto/unicode/Makefile - cd $(top_srcdir) && perl admin/am_edit docs/howto/unicode/Makefile.in - - -#>+ 21 -clean-bcheck: - rm -f *.bchecktest.cc *.bchecktest.cc.class a.out - -bcheck: bcheck-am - -bcheck-am: - @for i in ; do \ - if test $(srcdir)/$$i -nt $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - echo "int main() {return 0;}" > $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "#include \"$$i\"" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc ; \ - echo "$$i"; \ - if ! $(CXX) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(KDE_CXXFLAGS) --dump-class-hierarchy -c $$i.bchecktest.cc; then \ - rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; \ - fi ; \ - echo "" >> $$i.bchecktest.cc.class; \ - perl $(top_srcdir)/admin/bcheck.pl $$i.bchecktest.cc.class || { rm -f $$i.bchecktest.cc; exit 1; }; \ - rm -f a.out; \ - fi ; \ - done - - -#>+ 3 -final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final: - $(MAKE) all-am - -#>+ 3 -no-final-install: - $(MAKE) install-am - -#>+ 3 -cvs-clean: - $(MAKE) admindir=$(top_srcdir)/admin -f $(top_srcdir)/admin/Makefile.common cvs-clean - -#>+ 3 -kde-rpo-clean: - -rm -f *.rpo - -#>+ 3 -nmcheck: -nmcheck-am: nmcheck diff --git a/docs/howto/unicode/index.docbook b/docs/howto/unicode/index.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 77ea8a3..0000000 --- a/docs/howto/unicode/index.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.1-Based Variant V1.0//EN" "dtd/kdex.dtd" [ - <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> - <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> - <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> - <!ENTITY % English "INCLUDE"><!-- change language only here --> - - <!-- user entities --> - - <!ENTITY how2-chap1 SYSTEM "how2-importance.docbook"> - <!ENTITY how2-chap2 SYSTEM "how2-basics.docbook"> - <!ENTITY how2-chap3 SYSTEM "how2-interpretation.docbook"> - -]> - -<book lang="&language;"> - -<bookinfo> -<title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> - -<authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> -</authorgroup> - -<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> - -<copyright> - <year>2001-2008</year> - <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> -</copyright> - -<legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and - is licensed under the terms of the license - <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> - "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </para> -</legalnotice> - -<abstract> -<title>Abstract</title> -<para> -The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the Bible. -</para> -<para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This -particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to -advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We expect you to read -and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start -with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your -heart He will not disappoint you.</para> -</abstract> - -<keywordset> -<keyword>Bible</keyword> -<keyword>Study</keyword> -<keyword>HowTo</keyword> -</keywordset> - -</bookinfo> - -&how2-chap1; -&how2-chap2; -&how2-chap3; - -</book> -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-minimize-attributes:nil -sgml-general-insert-case:lower -sgml-indent-step:0 -sgml-indent-data:nil -End: --->
\ No newline at end of file |